The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About1210 N. BROADWAY ST_19-0125_19-0122_19-0119_________1210 M- 3rwd"- [ G r gde r � 'WA- vast aVprwed. izsVzd siTE wo2K ONLY. 19-119 PREPARED 10/09/19, 11:47:49 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 1 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 10/09/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: EL 00 BLDG PERMIT ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED REUTAT RESULTS/COMMENTS ----- _______________________________ ________ __ ELEC 04 ------- _______ _ 10/09/19 2 ________________---- __________ ELEC, COVER UP SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 10-09-19 O 11:12am Rodger 832-266-9525 Ceiling cover. ______________________________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES ______________________________________ Lr PREPARED 9/12/19, 7:24:40 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 1 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 9/12/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE : (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE : PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERMIT: EL 00 DIIILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS --------------------------------------------------------------------------7--------------------- ELEC 03--9/12/19- -IN n �% ELEC, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 1'�" CALLED IN 9/12/19 ® 6:29 PGER 832-256-9525 --EC-WALL COVER ---------------- /r/ COMMENTS AND NOTES--------------------- PREPARED 8/ 01 / 19, 9: 56: 46 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 1 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 8/01/19 ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADNAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWJER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000254 COMMERCIAL BUILD OUT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ _PERM T: EL 00 BUI LDI NG PERM T ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713) 690- 6301 REQUESTED I NSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ---------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------- ELUN 01 --8/ 01119- IN I /�j�n ELEC, ELECTRI CAL UNDERGROUND TI ME: 08: 00 --------------------------- i/)I{I/�----- COMMENTS AND NOTES-------------------------------------- PREPARED 8/ 021 19, 7: 03: 19 I NSPECTI ON TICKET PAGE 2 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 8/02/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADNAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OMER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19- 00000254 COMIAERCI AL BUI LD OUT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERM T: BLOT 00 BLDG PERM T- CONL- BUI LDOUT REQUESTED I NSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SLAB 01 5/ 23/ 19 IN BLDG, SLAB/ FOUNDATI ONI PI ERS TI ME: 13: 00 5/ 22/ 19 CA BUI LDI NG ' B' MECH. YARD FOUNDATION PAD SLAB 02 5/ 24/ 19 MR BLDG, SLAB/ FOUNDATI ON/ PI ERS TINE: 08: 00 5/ 24/ 1 9 AP FOUNDATION I NSP PASSED PER MR. PRCO 01 6/ 04/ 19 MR BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TI ME: 17: 00 6/04119 AP ROOF PRE POUR APPROVED PER MARI O RAMOS. PRCO 02 8/ 02/ 1 9 I N BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TI ME: 08: 00 __________ ________ Footings for Mezzanine. SLAB 03 8/ 021 19 IN AY7 BLDG, SLAB/ FOUNDATI ON/ PI ERS TI ME: 08: 00 __________ _____I/_qqq�/_/— pr a pour f oot i ngs f or mezzani e -------------------------- r'-°�'"--------- COMMENTS AND NOTES-------------------------------------- PREPARED 8101119, 12:16:51 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 3 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 8/01/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL __________________________________________________ _--________-__--__-------- PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PRCO 04 8/01/19 IN BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 Underground 1 r(Jy�f/~n/_- -- /---------- COMMENTS AND NOTES PREPARED 7/25/19, 17:48:16 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 5 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 7/26/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000254 COMMERCIAL BUILD OUT _____________ PERMIT: M1 ____________ 00 BUILDING PERMIT ____________________________________________-__________ MECHANICAL SUB: GOWAN INC. (713)224-0700 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ____________________ MEIN 01 7/26/19 IN _____---------------------------------- MECH, INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 /V�/ ________IV Please Contact Tony Montemayor at 281-726-8668 when arrive __________ to job site -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES PREPARED 7/24/19, 7:05:52 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 3 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 7/24/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL _______________________________________________ __ __-_--_________________________ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PAVE 01 7/24/19 IN BLDG, PAVING TIME: 13:00 __________ ________ Paving Prepour and Approach __________- .(Loo__-_______ COMMENTS AND NOTES ______________________________________ PREPARED 7/03/19, 11:53:48 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 1 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 7/03/19 ____ _______ ______________________________________________________-_ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ____________________________________________________________________ ________________ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ---- _______------- __________ P P RCO 037/03/19IN BLDG, RE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 .......... ..... n07/03/19 @ 8;09AM /]�]/Charles 713-906-4203 „/ Pre pour _______ ____________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- PREPARED 7/02/19, 17:26:30 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 5 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 7/03/19 ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ____ _______ _________________________________ _________________________ PLIN_08 IN ,/I PLBG,_PLUMBING_INSPECTION__ '_TIME:_ 08:00 --7/03/19 - �I CALLED IN 7/2/19 , 1:56 NEAL 281-543-4011 WATER LINE ______________________________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES ______________________________________ v PREPARED 6 / 2 7 / 1 9 , 1 5 : 3 1 : 4 1 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 3 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 6/28/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADBRESS 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS. LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PRC0 02--6/28/19- -IN- � BLDG, PRE - POUR CONCRETE TIME: 1 3 : 0 0 CALLED IN 6/27/19 @ 11:40 CH R L E S 7 1 3 - 9 0 6 - 4 2 0 3 -------------------------- IRE POUR P �SJ -- COMMENTS AND NOTES-------------------------------------- PREPARED 6/19/19, 15:37:40 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 2 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 6/20/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL --------------------------------_--_--_--_-__---_-__-----__--_-_----_--_-_-___-----__----___---_ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SEW 07 6/20/19 INI; PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: __________ ____ yyi CALLED IN 6/19/19 @ 1:39 7�� NEAL 281-543-4011 �` SANITARY SEWER -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- PREPARED 6 / 0 6 / 1 9 , 17:51:31 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 3 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 6/07/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERMIT: PL Be BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ P L I N 07 6/07/19 IN PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 0 8 : 0 0 __________ --WATER-LINE PRESSURE TEST NEIL 281-543-4011 ________________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES----C_Y_`---_`___ ___--_---__-------- PREPARED 6/05/19, 7:15:47 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 4 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 6/05/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, -LC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000129 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PLIN 06 6/05/19 IN PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 06;00 CALLED IN 6/4/19 @ 3:28 /J NEAL 281-543-4011 /v WATER LINE -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES I PREPARED 4 / 2 9 / 1 9 , 1 7 : 1 7 : 3 2 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 7 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/30/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ______________________________________________________________________________________________ 5 E W 02 4/30/19 IN P L B G, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 STORM SEWER INSPECTION. i or PM INSPECTION. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - -- COMMENTS AND NOTES PREPARED 4/26/19, 7:25:32 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 8 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/26/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR : GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER : ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL . 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ---- _______ ------- ________ _----- _-------- _---------- ___----- _-----_________________________ P L I N 05 4/26/19 IN PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 CALLED IN 4/25/19 @ NEAL 281-543-0011 2:09 WATER LINE SEW 06 4/26/19 IN �.� PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 CALLED IN 4/25/19 @ 2:09 _ NEAL 281-543-0011 55ANITARY SEWER ______________________________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES _______________________ _______________ PREPARED 4/24/19, 7:15:53 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 5 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/24/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ----_-____-____ _ PERMIT: -----_______ CO 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW _________________________________ COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SLAB 06 4 IN =---PLEASE BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS COME AFTERNOON TIME: 13:00 INSPECTION _____________ PERMIT: _________ PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ______-_____________________--_-_--___________ PLUMBING SUB: SLACK 8 CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SEW 05 4/24/19 IN PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 CALLED IN 4/23/19 @ 2:49 NEAL STORM SEWER ---------- _ ----� COMMENTS AND NOTES ______________________________________ G PREPARED 4/24/19, 7:15:53 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 6 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/24/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS 9050 SPENCER HWY SUBDIV: CONTRACTOR PHONE `- OWNER MARKET AT SPENCER LLC PHONE . PARCEL 136-888-001-0002 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000142 BUILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: EL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ELEC 02 4/24/19 IN ELEC, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE - TIME: 08:00 CALLED IN 4/23/19 @ 2:45 832-415-0611 ELEC CEILING COVER ELEC WALL COVER -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- PREPARED 4/09/19, 7:21:51 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 4 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/09/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS 1210 N BROADWAY PT SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ---- _______________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ________--__-_________-__----_______________-__--__-__-_____ PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS __ SEW 04 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 4/09/19 IN PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 „( CALLED IN 4/8/18 O 4:33 281-543-4011 SEWER LINE ---------- (o e--------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES ___________________ 2 d�dN SS PREPARED 4/04/19, 17:08:12 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 3 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/05/19 ------------------------------------------------------.----------------__----------------------- ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL IJUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ----- I________________________________________________________________________ __---______ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS SLAB 05--4/05/19—IN/I,n BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 13:00 — l�'� — bldg. slab pro pour inspection ------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES --------------_-_-__________ PREPARED 4/02/19, 11:15:02 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 9 CITY OF LA PORTS INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/02/19 _________________________________________________________________.__--_______________-_________ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------ __________________________________________________________________________________________ SLAB 02 3/19/19 DF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP REBAR FOUNDATION CHARLES 713-906-4203 REBAR INSP PASSED PER DF. SLAB O1 3119119 OF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP foundation insp passed per DF. PRCO O1 3/20/19 CT BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 3/20/19 AP 03/20/19 @ 11;56am Charles 713-906-4203 ' Rebar insp pre pour insp passed per ct. SLAB 03 3/25/19 MR BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/25/19 AT PREPOUR SPREAD FOOTING INSPECTION ON STEEL REBAR APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS SLAB 04 3/28/19 MR BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 13:00 3/28/19 AP if possible can you come by at 12:30pm foundation insp passed per MR SEW O1 3/29/19 CT PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 4/01/19 AP 03/29/19 ® 8:40AM STORM/SEWER INSP NEIL 281-543-4011 OK TO COVER PER RG AND CT. MISC O1 4/01/19 IN MISCELLANOUS INSPECTIONS TIME: 13:00 04/01/19 B 9:22am Neil 281-543-4011 02 4/02/19 I trom/sewer insp ISCELLANOUS INSPECTIONS TIME: 13:00 eV, �MISC 4/02/19 @8;35AM NIEL 281-543-4011 / ��,✓',, ,�/ STORM/SEWER INSP _______________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: EL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ELUN O1 3/25/19 MR ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 3/25/19 AP UNDERGROUND ELEC DUCT BANK INSPECTION GUZMAN 832-256-9525 APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS ELUN 02 3/29/19 MR ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 4/01/19 AP ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND (HE SAID PERMIT #19-120, BUT THEN SAID ADDRESS 1210 N BROADWAY; SO SCHEDULED FOR THE ADDRESS HE SAID INSTEAD OF ----------------------------------- CONTINUED ONTO NEXT PAGE ----------------------------------- PREPARED 4/01/19, 11:47:13 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 10 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 4/C7/19 __ _____________________________ ADDRESS . 1210 N BROADWAY ST _________________________________________ SUBDIV: NEBRASKA ______ _____ --- SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ___________________________ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL -__---_________-_________. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SLAB 02 3/19/19 DF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP REBAR FOUNDATION CHARLES 713-906-4203 REBAR INSP PASSED PER DF. SLAB O1 3/19/19 DF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP foundation insp passed per DF. PRCO 01 3/20/19 CT BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 3/20/19 AP 03/20/19 @ 11;56am Charles 713-906-4203 Rebar insp pre pour insp passed per ct. SLAB 03 3/25/19 MR BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/25/19 AP PREPOUR SPREAD FOOTING INSPECTION ON STEEL REBAR APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS SLAB 04 3/28/19 MR BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 13:00 3/28/19 AP if possible can you come by at 12:30pm foundation insp passed per MR SEW 01 3/29/19 CT PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 4/01/19 AP 03/29/19 Q 8:40AM STORM/SEWER INSP NEIL 281-543-4011 OK TO COVER PER RG AND CT. MISC O1 MISCELLANOUS INSPECTIONS TIME: 13:00 --4/01/19— —INn, -- 04/01/19 O 9:22am Neil 281-543-4011 p�. "1 o /� 7--/� LO ✓'L C.- ________________________________________________________________ Strom/sewer insp GI PERMIT: EL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ELUN O1 3/25/19 MR ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 3/25/19 AP UNDERGROUND ELEC DUCT BANK INSPECTION GUZMAN 632-256-9525 APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS ELUN 02 3/29/19 MR ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 4/01/19 AP ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND (HE SAID PERMIT #19-120, BUT THEN SAID ADDRESS 1210 N BROADWAY; SO SCHEDULED FOR THE ADDRESS HE SAID INSTEAD OF PERMIT NUMBER) GUZMAN 832-256-9525 APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ___________________________________ CONTINUED ONTO NEXT PAGE ----------------------------------- PREPARED 3/29/19, 10:20:30 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 4 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/29/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --_ PERMIT= CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESU T RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------ - -------------------------------------------------------------------- SEW 01 3 19 IN PL G., EW_E sI-N3PE C;S-LON TIME: 13:00 -� r %�9-//T5 O 8:40AM __________ __ _ ST-Q.RM281-- R. 3�TOp NE ILL 281�—,5.93�40d"19hb -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- �� 3� �i� PREPARED 3/29/19, 7 : 0 6 : 3 1 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 4 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR _-__ _-_ DATE 3/29/19 ____________________________________________________ ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL __----_--- -_ PERMIT= EL ----------------------- 00 BUILDING PERMIT ___ ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ______________._________-__^__-_ ELUN 02 /, V/ -__________________-_________________________________ ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 r'/ ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND --3/29/19 -IN (HE SAID PERMIT #19-120, BUT THEN SAID ADDRESS 1210 N BROADWAY; SO SCHEDULED FOR THE ADDRESS HE SAID INSTEAD OF PERMIT NUMBER) GUZMAN 832-256-9525 -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES ______________________________________ PREPARED 3/28/19, 7:13:04 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 2 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/28/19 __-___ ADDRESS -__-______ : 1210 N BROADWAY ST --------------------------------------------------------- SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------------------------------------------- PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL '-_-----'-----'-------- REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SLAB 04 3/28/19 IN // BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 13:00 __ {Ir if possible can you come by at 12:30pm _________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ----_-_----_-_---.-_-----------------------------_-----_---_--- PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ____________________________________ SEW 03 _----_--___________________-----_-----------_--___-__ PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 �� 03/27/19 O 12:32PM --3/28/19 —IN _ Neal 281-543-4011 strom/sewer insp -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- PREPARED 3/26/19, 12:07:46 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 1 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/26/19 -------------------------------------------------------- ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST _-____-_-------______________---- SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL -1------------------------------------------ PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW _____-______-_-_-_______ COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS _______________________________________________ SLAB 02 3/19/19 DF ______--___-------_________-_------------_ BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP REBAR FOUNDATION CHARLES 713-906-4203 REBAR INSP PASSED PER DF. SLAB O1 3/19/19 DF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP foundation insp passed per DF. PRCO O1 3/20/19 CT BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 3/20/19 AP 03/20/19 G 11;56am Charles 713-906-4203 Rebar insp pre pour insp passed per ct. SLAB 03 3/25/19 MR BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/25/19 AP PREPOUR SPREAD FOOTING INSPECTION ON STEEL REBAR SLAB 04 APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 13:00 sy „/1 �/i,✓ --3/26/19- -IN ---_ SPREAD FOOTING PRE POUR INSPECTION FOR REBAR ------___ PERMIT: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- EL 00 BUILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL SUB: FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ELUN O1 3/25/19 MR ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 ' 3/25/19 AP UNDERGROUND ELEC DUCT BANK INSPECTION GUZMAN 832-256-9525 APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ---------_ PLCV O1 ---------------------------- 3/06/19 MR ------------------------------------------------- PLBG, COVER UP SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLIN O1 3/07/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. GRPL O1 3/08/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on site. ----------------------------------- CONTINUED ONTO NEXT PAGE ----------------------------------- PREPARED 3/25/19, 7:48:28 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 14 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/25/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONS-RACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS. LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SLAB 02 3/19/19 DF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP REBAR FOUNDATION CHARLES 713-906-4203 REBAR INSP PASSED PER DF. SLAB 01 3/19/19 DF BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 AP foundation insp passed per DF. PRCO 01 3/20/19 CT BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 3/20/19 AP 03/20/19 0 11;56am Charles 713-906-4203 Rebar insp Pre pour insp passed per ct. SLAB 03 3/25/19 IN V BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 ' PREPOUR SPREAD FOOTING INSPECTION ON STEEL REBAR _� ------- ______________ PERMIT: EL 00 BUILDING M IT _________-_______________________________________________ ELECTRICAL SUB:'FSG ELECTRIC (713)690-6301 REQUESTED IN P DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ELUN 01 3/25/19 IN ELEC, ELECTRICAL UNDERGROUND TIME: 08:00 UNDERGROUND.ELEC DUCT BANK INSPECTION __________ _____ _ .elri_ GUZMAN 832-256-9525 ......................... PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PLCV 01 3/06/19 MR PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLIN 01 3/07/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. GRPL 01 3/08/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 10OFT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLCV 02 3/13/19 BF PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 3/13/19 AP REC-D 3/12/19 0 10:57 ----------------------------------- CONTINUED ONTO NEXT PAGE ----------------------------------- 4 FREPARED 3/22/19. 8:35:50 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 2 C iTY.OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/22/19 ...----------------'--------------- it.DDRESS . 1210 N BROADWAY ST ----------------------------------------------...--- " ---- SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL --------------------------------------------- REQUESTED INSP ---------------------------------------- '---..---- DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'---- STOP.M SEWER INSP PASSED PER CT. PLIN 03 3/19/19 DF PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 CA PLUMBING INSPECTION NEIL FAULKNER 281-543-4011 PLBG INSP CANCELLED PER DF. SEW 01 3/20/19 CT PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 3/20/19 AP Juan is the foreman onsite 281-777-4100 ' PLBG SEWER INSP PASSED PER DF. PINS 01 3/21/19 IN PLBG, P-TRAP INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 Cover inspection for sanitary sewer. __________ ________ Juan is the foreman onsite 281-777-4100 SEW 02 3/21/19 IN PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 CALLED IN 3/22/19 ® 11:10 NEIL 281-543-4011 SEWER PLCV 03 3/22/19 I PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 Juan is the foreman Onsite 281-777-4100 -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES--------------------------------.----- G- �-v co"�/ PREPARED 3/20/19.' 16:44:59 - INSPECTION TICKET PP..G E. 2 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/21/19 _____________________________________________ .. ... ____:__.. ..__ .___.-._______.____ ADDRE SS . 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE. CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-0000011,9 NEW, COMMERCIAL ------------- I_____________________-______________________.__________________________._.-_______ REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS --------------------------------------- ..___-__________________________-___-______________________ STORM SEWER INSP PASSED PER CT. PLIN 03 3/19/19 OF PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 3/19/19 CA PLUMBING INSPECTION - NEIL FAULKNER 281-543-4011. PLBG INSP CANCELLED PER DF. - SEW 01 3/20/19 CT PLBG, SEWER .INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 - 3/20/19 AP Juan is the foreman ons_ite 281-777-4100 , PLBG SEWER INSP PASSED PER DF. PINS 01 3/21/19 I�� PLBG, P-TRAP INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 Ni- I. Cover inspection for sanitary sever. Juan is the Foreman oneite 281-777-4100 -------a - ------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES PREPARED 3,21/19, 11d48:13 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 5 CITY OF LA 1.ORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/21/19 -------------------------------------------------------- ________________________________________ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTIh CTdk GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL _-__ ______ ____________________ ___________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SO COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS SEW 02 3/21/19 I PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 CALLED IN 3/21/19 ® 11:10 NEIL 281-543-4011 ___________________SEWER ------- -- COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- PREPARED 3/20/19, 12:14:20 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 1 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/20/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS . 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PRRMIT-NRN COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SLAB 02 3/�419 fly BLDG, BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 REBAR FOUNDATION CHARLES 713-906-4203 SLAB O1 3.4. BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 PRCO O1 3]20]19 IN BLDG, PRE -POUR CONCRETE TIME: 13:00 _ _ 03/20/19 0 -9;6-42 Charles 713-906-4203 C` (� -Rebar ----nsp v _______________________ ____________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PLCV O1 3/06/19 MR PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 PLIN 01 3/07/19 MR 3/07/19 AP GRPL O1 3/08/19 MR 3/07/19 AP PLCV 02 IN PLIN 02 �l1"19� STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 13:00 Ty will be the foreman on site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 REC-D 3/12/19 0 10:57 NEAL - 281-543-4011 PLUMBING COVER UP PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 Juan is the foreman on site 281-777-4100 GRPL 02 PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 08:00 Juan is the foreman on site 281-777-4100 PLIN 03 PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 PLUMBING INSPECTION NEIL FAULKNER 281-543-4011 V-SEW O1 3/20/19 IN PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 lI ------------------------ -'1 ---------- CONTINUED ONTO NEXT PAGE ___________________________________ a�� i 0Y(�01-v h D PREPARED 3/20/19, 7:16:23 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/20/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-001I APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________-_____________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ SEW O1 3/20/19 IN PLBG, SEWER INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 Juan is the foreman onsite 281-777-4100 __�l�____________ COMMENTS AND NOTES ______________________________________ PREPARED 3/19/19. 8:06:43 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE � 6 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/19/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS . : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE : (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPI, NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL _------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------- PERMIT: CB 00 BLDG PERMIT -NEW COMMERCIAL REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ----------------��------------------_-_--________-_-----------------__________-____-_----_-__------- SLAB O1 BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 SLAB 02 9 IN/,., n BLDG, SLAB/FOUNDATION/PIERS TIME: 08:00 �REHAR FOUNDATION .-- ------------------------------�-.�,�- _1III.�j/�� /,CHARLES 713-906-4203--y •.sax._. ._._-.��_. ._•_,_•_-------------""'------""""---------- PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK 6 CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PLCV O1 3/06/19 MR PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLIN 01 3/07/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. GRPL:01 3/08/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on site. 281-660-9915 YP `-''� PLCV 02 _ M. W,ER, .l. .O.F. _ _ V P G V IN E E AMOS . IME: 08:00 *_ �� Z D 2/1 1 PLIN 02 v �1 /16l_J I]Y/I PL�C�'( SLUM G IJP�P ECTIOR' TIME: 08:00 2 1_ 77 th or66lKan on site ------- 2 1-777-4100 1 GRPL 02 IN PLBG, PLU TIME: 08:00 the foreman on site 281-777-4100 PLIN 03 19 -_- IN PLBG„ PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 %PLUMBING INSPEC-T,T,-ON _ NETT.=FA U L KNE R�.2 81 -.5 4 3r`4 0'1-1; -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES -------------------------------------- PREPARED 3/18/19, 12:19:02 INSPECTION) TICKET PAGE 8 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR:'INSPECTOR DATE 3/18/19 ---------- ADDRESS ------------------------------------.----------------- 1210 N BROADWAY ST ------------------------ SUBDIV: NE13RASKA SYNDICATE ------ CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE . PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 ;.APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL .. _______________ PERMIT: _---------------_--__----------_____-___.._-------_--__-____-_---_.--___-- PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PLCV 01 3/06/19 MR PLBG. COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 PLIN 01 3/07/19 MR 3/07/19 AP GRPL 01 3/08/19 MR 3/07/19 AP P L C V 02 PLIN 02 •9./'�.L�FU __________ ____ ___ GRPL 02--3/18/19--I STORM SEWER 10OFT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 13:00 Ty will be the foreman on site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 10OFT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 REC'D 3/12/19 0 10:57 NEAL - 281-543-4011 PLUMBING COVER UP PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 Juan is the foreman on site 281-777-4.100 PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 08:00 Juan is the foreman on site �/� / 281-777-4100 S)v -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES-----_-------------------------------- �� C 9 PREPARED 3/14/19, 7 : 2 0 : 5 9 INSPECTION IICKET PAGE 7 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/14/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW. COMMERCIAL ____-____-_ PERMIT: PL _--_-__-_ 00 BUILDING PERMIT ________________________________________------------------- PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PLCV O1 3/06/19 MR PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLIN 01 3/07/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. GRPL O1 3/08/19 MR PLBG, PLUMBING, GROUND TIME: 13:00 3/07/19 AP Ty will be the foreman on site. 281-660-9915 STORM SEWER 100FT APPROVED PER MARIO RAMOS. PLCV 02 -3;'23TS�TiN' - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 - -------- ,, N �`..n.Nn QQUco np PLIN 02 3/14/19 IN PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 08:00 /Juan is the foreman on site -------- 281-_777-4100J -------------------------------------- COMMENTS AND NOTES -___--_---__--_____-_-___-___--____--_ PREPARED 3/13/19, 7:15:06 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 7 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/13/19 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL _________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS _______._________________________________________________________________________________________ PLCV 02 3/13/19 IN PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 08:00 REC-D 3/12/19 ® 10:57 NEAL - 281-543-9011 /r/ alb PLUMBING COVER UP ----------- ________---- __/_------------ COMMENTS AND NOTES-------------------------------------- PREPARED 3/07/19, 7:00:32 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 6 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/07/19 -------------------------- _______________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS : 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000--0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 SUB: GOWAN, INC. REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS ________________________________________________________________________________________________ PLCV 01 IN PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 ________ Ty will be the foreman on the job. 281-660-9915 PLIN 01 3/07/19 IN % PLBG, PLUMBING INSPECTION TIME: 13:00_ Ty will be the foreman on the site. 281-660-9915 ______________________________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES -_____-_--_-____--__-_________________ PREPARED 3/06/19, 7:09:13 INSPECTION TICKET PAGE 10 CITY OF LA PORTE INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR DATE 3/06/19 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ADDRESS . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST SUBDIV: NEBRASKA SYNDICATE CONTRACTOR GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PHONE (713) 817-6234 OWNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING PHONE PARCEL 027-083-000-0011 APPL NUMBER: 19-00000119 NEW, COMMERCIAL ________________________________________________________________________________________ PERMIT: PL 00 BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING SUB: SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. (281)543-4011 REQUESTED INSP DESCRIPTION TYP/SQ COMPLETED RESULT RESULTS/COMMENTS fore________________ s- -�::____ AA 28 PLCV O1 3/06/19 IN --- PLBG, COVER UP - SINGLE TRADE TIME: 13:00 will be the foreman on the job. 1 1-660-9915 ` q,'� ______________________________________ COMMENTS AND NOTES ___________ J ________________ E; City of:La Porte- 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE: (281)470-5130 ****ZONING PERMIT**** Application Number . . . . Property Address . . . . . HCAD Number: Alternate Search Method: Application type description Subdivision Name . . . . . Property Use . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . Type of work ENTERPRISE LAB AND WAREHOUSE 19-00000126 1210 N BROADWAY ST 027-083-000-0011 ZONING PERMIT NEBRASKA SYNDICATE IND - LIGHT Date 2/28/19 --------------------------------------------------------------z ------------- Property owner . . . . . . . ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING Owner address . . . . . . . . PO BOX 4018 HOUSTON TX 772104018 Other struct info . . . . . SIC CODE (ZONING PERMITS) AE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . ZONING PERMIT Additional desc . . 541380 TESTING LABRATORIES Permit pin number . 588814 Permit Fee . . . . 50.00 Issue Date . . . . 2/28/19 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date . . 8/27/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 50.00 Special Notes and Comments February 28, 2019 8:35:48 AM lapovfl. 1. NAICS # 541380 TESTING LABRATORIES 2. NAME OF BUSINESS AND BUSINESS OWNER: ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS / MARIO GONZALES 3. ANY CHANGE OF TENANT, USE, OR OWNERSHIP REQUIRES A NEW ZONING PERMIT. 4. IF ANY INTERIOR AND/OR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS ARE ANTICIPATED, CHECK WITH CITY FOR POSSIBLE PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. S. IF DUMPSTER IS UTILIZED AND'WITHIN PUBLIC VIEW, APPLICANT MUST APPLY FOR AND OBTAIN A PERMIT FOR A DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. PREVIOUSLY APPROVED CERTIFIED SITE PLAN: #18-8300004 7. EXTERIOR STORAGE NOT ALLOWED. 8. CHECK WITH CITY FOR POSSIBLE PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ANY NEW/FUTURE SIGNAGE. W City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE: (281)470-5130 ****ZONING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 2 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000126 Date 2/28/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments 9. PLACEMENT OF ANY SHIPPING CONTAINERS REQUIRES PRIOR CITY APPROVAL. 10. APPLICANT IS REQUIRED TO NOTIFY THE INSPECTION DEPARTMENT FOR REQUIRED INSPECTION OF PROPERTY BEFORE UTILITIES WILL BE APPROVED/RELEASED. PLEASE CALL 281-470-5130 TO SCHEDULE INSPECTION IF INSPECTION WAS NOT REQUESTED DURING PERMIT ISSUANCE. ----------------------- 7---------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due --------------------------------------------------------- Permit Fee Total 50.00 50.00 .00 .00 Grand Total 50.00 50.00 .00 .00 W Signature of Contractor or Authorized Agent Date Approved by BUilding Official or Authorized Agent Date (q City of la Porte eanning &Deve.lopment Department 604 W. Fair�nont Picwy. La Porte, fk,7701 ZONINGPERIMIT APPLICATION Phone.: 281.470.S073 Fdx: 281.470.5005 WWw.Iap-orteb(.'gw 3. 15ROJEcrINFORMATION: DATE . 0 . F S . USMITT - AL' i Aj liq PROJECTADDRESS(If iiisilni):'i-ILO Ad, Pr4,--,7x— 77571 HCAD PARCEL NO(S) 13-digit Tax'ID(s); OT,3000 00 11 PROPERTYLEGALDIEsckjp,rfoh: wi4oujrk- UrA m NEW.BUILDING [3 ING EXISTING'BVILOING BUSINESS NAME:r.-feQec,`Ze- Produc+-S, LAST USE OF BUILDING: NIMA DATE USE CEASED: PROPOSED USE OF BUILDING: Warelxr"L /ZeA,6 2. OWNER INFORMATION: BUSINESS OWNER'S NAME: PHONEl: PHONE2: FAX: E-MAIL; T�A&ton-7v�7(-D gprbj xorrn MAILING ADDRESS OF BUSINESS OWNER: 72 770t).2- 3. CONTACT INFORMATION: CONTACT NAME:,, CONTACT TITLE: Sr. er PHONE 1: q -70-r) PHONE 2: FAX: E-MAIL: D-2A6,, 4. APPLICATION CHECKLIST& SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION (Cjh4kk -i6): ��ppriq�le bo COMPLETE ITEMS 1 THRU 4 OF APPLICATION L(JAN 18 203 13 COORDINATE WITH THE TEXAS ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE COMMISSION (TAk) e LA PORTE CITY,SECRETARY;S OFFICE FOR ALCOHOL UCENSE7& PERMIT REGULATIONS. [3 FURNISH COPY OF TEXAS SALES& USE TAX CERTIFICATE NousToAPPLICANT: 1. NOVA vAUD PERMIT UNTIL BUSINESS OWNER'IS NOTIFIED OF APPROVAL AND All APPLICABLE 'FEE S ARE PAID IN FULL AUTHdRIZEDSIGNATUkE: AUTHORIZED PRINTEDNAME: (STAFF USf ONLYI: 1, ZONING DISTRICT FLOODZONE.,--P&— TAXES?: CE?: NICISSUE(5)11:. 011VO [3 'YES 13 A YES MNSICORNAICSNO.:OFPROPOSEDU5E:5�41bs APPUCATION IS: Z f ^00iiR 6 VED 0 :DENIED D ,NON -CONFORMING ISSUES: YES NO DIRECFO)rS SIGNA S&:n� —COMMEAMS: APPROVED§Y— 'QATE., PEIW?NCP-� .? 71, ZONING PERMIT NOTES ADDRESS: I a 10 �A , \soli qH �" . 1. NAICS # Tes]IIIA6 lAof :kv't o TYPE OF BUSIj S 2. NAME OF BUSINESS & BUSINESS OWNER: rc rbAQctb mak o -nn7 A L-2 3. ANY CHANGE OF TENANT, USE, OR OWNERSHIP REQUIRES A NEW ZONING PERMIT. 4. IF ANY INTERIOR AND/OR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS ARE ANTICIPATED, CHECK WITH CITY FOR POSSIBLE PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. IF DUMPSTER IS UTILIZED AND WITHIN PUBLIC VIEW, APPLICANT MUST APPLY FOR AND OBTAIN A PERMIT FOR A DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 8. PREVIOUSLY APPROVED CERTIFIED SITE PLAN: # FS' g300000 4 OR NO CITY APPROVED CERTIFIED SITE PLAN AVAILABLE. 9. EXTERIOR STORAGE Mo-I CL��OveA 10. CHECK WITH CITY FOR POSSIBLE PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ANY NEW /FUTURE SIGNAGE. 12. PLACEMENT OF ANY SHIPPING CONTAINERS REQUIRES PRIOR CITY APPROVAL. 13. PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY DIRECTOR DATE 14. APPLICANT IS REQUIRED TO NOTIFY THE INSPECTION DEPARTMENT FOR REQUIRED INSPECTION OF PROPERTY BEFORE UTILITIES WILL BE APPROVED/ RELEASED. PLEASE CALL #281-470-5130 TO SCHEDULE INSPECTION IF INSPECTION WAS NOT REQUESTED DURING PERMIT ISSUANCE. S:\City Planning Share\04-INSPECTIONS DIVISION\Inspections\ZONING PERMIT NOTES.doc ..Ci Of La Porte Planning & Deveo ment Department h' g � F p Phone: 281.470.5073 604 W. Fairmont Pk-Y. ZONING QUESTIONNAIRE Faz: 281.470.5005 La Porte TX 77571 www.laportetx.go6 BUSINESS 1. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION/S TO BE PERFORMED AT THIS FACILITY: .2. NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES PER. BUILDING (IF APPLICABLE): 3. WILL TRACTOR TRAILERS BE INVOLVED IN ANY WAY -FOR YOUR PROOQSOSEO'OPPERRA�TIONS? : ® YES ® NO IF YES, DESCRIBE: VGl/VGrtes 40 1001)na L;L'C"1C. 4. WHAT TYPES OF. MATERIALS & PROCESSES WILL BE USED IN YOUR BUSINESS OPERATION?: MATERIALS: I drS,VLq PROCESSES: 5e&A,1,JIe: +&-g Pn-q I E"P_ �CtE�Y:vl: S. WHAT TYPES OF EQUIPMENT WILL BE UTILIZED IN YOUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS?: JAN 18 2ui� EQUIPMENT: / Oink I)ALS, 6. WILL OUTSIDE STORAGE BE UTILIZED IN YOUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS? *IF 'YES, DESCRIBE WHAT WILL BESTO RED OUTSIOE, WHERE'lT WILLBE (v de-CKS 'off W� S Pram C _GJ,III 'b� Sir 7. MANUFACTURING DISTRIBUTING Ask 8. WHO is 9. D/ES5�C.RIP/TIONS&:QUANTIT_IErSOFMATERIALS TOBESTC ✓4r�Tr�x. 50 Twi`otevra 10. PROVIDE A LISTING.& QUANTITY OF CHEMICALS TO BE MYES ®NO & ® RETAIL OPERATIONS: OUTSIDE OF BUILDING: 11. IS YOUR BUSINESS CURRENTLY OPERATING IN LA,PORTE ATA DIFFERENTADDRESS? ® YESL4NO IF YES, PROVIDE ADDRESS: pC 12. PROVIDE YOUR COMPANY'S CODE (IF KNOWN): SIC CODE: NAICS CODE: c�ZcJ 10 13. HAVE YOU RECENTLY.FURCHASEDTHIS _PROPERTY7 IT YES ONO 'IF -YES-, PROVIOEA COPY QF.YOUR;DEED& PROPERTY'SURVEY: 14. ARE YOU CURRENTLY LEASING THIS.PROFERTV? �a YES ® NO 1S. WHO S NAME 15 THE WATER ACCOUNT Ni Ipn S e 'vU�G�S. WH(YS.NAME WILL -THE WATER ACCOUNT BE TRANSFERRED INTO? fy� . •..:ulclt:. __I; i cm I.rrlvr =1: ! Vvim' • �. , i: :: ��m�nr I.ar* 1sm.+_ aa ! I2. �In 77: . � _ :it � :� 1.�S57t�V cr ! -:� � a 3 � Enterprise Ptoduag JAN 18 20S3 t' fII�QL�n16Z•M•W,n0•�� R.S7a1"�w..�r+n'!T�L*.I�..IF'_.LFll.�n��_�_�_�_�_ _ u_,.. •_._. � ��___ C9.'..'1��t� lip•®•fin __ Print Details ""A orewd Page 1 of 1 �114dFJt y2.,.. 111 B►'Ool�(WM 120b)j - BV rGt i0" i 0i NAyiliKe ka ►n� Will AAAd -to Lac LOCAHO►, f►09 rrrd.�l �D •� HARRIS COUNTY APPRAISAL DISTRICT / Tax Year: 2018 REAL PROPERTY ACCOUNT- INFORMATION CD270830000011 J —z O►llN 0.MVC HGA'D 9BPrint ►uw addreA -N" - Owner and Property Information Owner Name & ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING LP Legal Description: TRS 34 & 34B Mailing Address: ATTN AD VALOREM TAX - _ ABST 3S JOHNSON HUNTER PO BOX 4018 NEBRASKA SYNDICATE HOUSTON TX 77210-4018 Property Address: 1200 iCBROADWAY ST 4 LA PORTS TX 77S71 State Class Land Use Code Building Total Land Building Net Neighborhood Market Area Map Key Code Class Units Area Area Rentable Facet Map® Area C2 -- Real, 8003 -- Land E ,0' 260,924 0 0 9700.01 351 -- ISO 20 6254A 540T Vacant Neighborhood SF - East of Bay Commercial Section 3 Area Blvd Value Status Information Value Status Notice Date Shared CAD Noticed 04/20/2018 No Exemotions and Jurisdictions Exemption Type Districts Jurisdictions Exemption Value ARB Status 2017 Rate 2018 Rate None 020 LA PORTE ISO Certified:08/10/2018 1.380000 1.380000 • 040 HARRIS COUNTY - Certified:08/10/2018 0.418010.0.418580 041 HARRIS CO FLOOD CNTRL Certified:08/10/2018 0.028310 0.028770 042 PORT OF HOUSTON AUTHY Certified:08/10/2018 0.012560 0.011550 043 HARRIS CO HOSP DIST Certified: 08/10/2018 0.171100 0.171080 044 HARRIS CO EDUC DEPT Certified: 08 10 2018 0.005195 0.005190 047 SAN ]ACINTO COM COL D Certified: 08 10 2018 0.183335 0.179329 071 jCrrY OFLAPORTE Certified:08/10/2018 0.710000 0.710000 operty owner on our website. You can Inspect this Information or get a copy at HCAD's Information center at [Texapsrlaw prohibltr us from displaying residential photographs, sketches, floor plans, or Information Indicating the age 13013 NW Freeway. Valuations Value as of January 1, 2017 Value as of January 1, 2018 Market Appraised Market Appraised Land 260,9241 Land 391,386 Improvement 01 Improvement 0 Total 260,9241 260,924 Total 391,3861 391,386 Land Market Value Land Site Unit Size Site O R Appr O/R Total Unit Adj Line Description Code Type Units Factor Factor Reason Adj Price Unit Value Factor Price, 1 6003 --Land 4400 SF 260,924 1.00 1.00 1 0.75 1 Shape or 0.75 2.00 1.50 391,386.00 Neighborhood Section 3 Size Building Vacant (No Building Data) /21D https://publie.head.org/records/Print.asp?taxyeat=2018&acet=0270830000011 &car... 1/21/2019 -ENO Pf�iVlll�lS �""__ -� • City,of La Porte 604 'W Fai'rmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 19-00000125 1 Date 3/08/19 Property Address . . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description FILL DIRT Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0 Type of Work FILL DIRT 86 LOADS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Flood Zone . . . . . . . . ZONE AE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BLDG PERMIT -FILL DIRT Additional desc . . FILL DIRT ENTERPRISE Permit pin number . 589697 Permit Fee . . . . 97.00 Plan Check Fee .00 Issue Date . . . . 3/08/19 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date . . 9/04/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension 36.00 2.0000 EA FILL DIRT LOAD 50+ 72.00 1.00 .0000 EA FILL DIRT LOAD 1 - 5 .00 1.00 25.0000 EA FILL DIRT LOAD 6 - 49 25.00 ----------------- ---------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary ' Charged Paid Credited -------------------- Due ---------- ----------------- Permit Fee Total ---------- 97.00 97.00 .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 97.00 97.00 .00 .00 (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE PREPARED 3/07/19, 9:58 PAYMENT DUE CITY OF LA PORTE PROGRAM BP820L --------------------------------------------------------------------------- APPLICATION NUMBER: 19-00000125 1210 N BROADWAY ST FEE DESCRIPTION AMOUNT DUE --------------------------------------------------------------------------- BLDG PERMIT -FILL DIRT 97.00 TOTAL DUE 97.00 1 .1 Oty'sirmo rte Plannln 4 Development Department Phone: 281.476.5073 E04 C' Fairmont Pkwy: 6 P P Fax: 281.470.5005 Le Porte, Tx i7571 FILL DIRT PERMIT APPLICATION Fox 281.470 Leov 1. PROJECT INFORMATION: _ pATEppSUOMmu; fj PROIECTAoO(1ESS of WsUnyJn=f•'lo-/V �roCijgy=�'-�• L.0.�o I`%L? %X -%%LS 7/ HCADPMIiLNOI013dWt T4a1D(/s):_'I_/70 God PROPERTY LEGAL DESCNPTION:"s�"'u[!Z Y�, DESCRIPTIONOFPROJECr:.�I�IaS P.> F /leg" PROJECT AREA(ACNEAGE): 2.2:�. MAJDMUM TRUCKLOADS REQUESTED: 2. PROPERTY OWNER C,�ONNTTACT INFORMATIIOON_,[ r. -7'/ p OWNER'S NAME:_ �• ` �r9e.� �� PHONE:_�.Z -•J V- 76)f r . MAIU�DNGADORESS:_ �O 4�,wLt mot- rj-> ; / F r ',/�-cT77002- o E-MAIL• dr e �' 3. CONTRACTORIAGENTI /t� J� �I/ --� - - AGENT/CONTRACTORCOMFANY: �7c'//�'i'r . au.. �/'C ��jj /y -• . PHONE I:_✓/�- W7io + / PHON E 2: 1977 E-MAIL; SJ4-CJ5 CJ�a(/ ,(aLG' /'S Crm/!1 FAX p: MAIIJNGADDRESS. �7 �j q CONTACT PERSON'S NAME: c.G�-Ie11�r 'PHONE:. / /J . /O6 191 % 4..APPLICATION CHECKLIST & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION (Check eppllcable boxes): 13 WILL FILLDIRT BE PROVIDED BY QTYOFLAPORTE7 YES❑ Non. ®ATTACH SURVEY, SI(ETOI bit SITE PLAN ILLUSTRATING EXISTING B PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS FOR LESS THAN SD TRUCKLOADS -or- GRADING 0 DRAINAGE PLAN (slln4C/s141ed hyTens EnOner4 FOR MORE THAN SO TRUCKLOADS 13 SUBMIT APPLICATION FEE PAYMENT (1.5. LOADS. ,c0; b49 LOADS i$25:SOiLOADS.•$i/I.OAD MAiL_PERMRFEE•$S,ODO) NorEs ro aPPtiulNr: .. sJ AmrcVrrwsrmPitr�ireesiw it maro�umrrwin4rmaodiiawsuircshind.el N nernr4ssiA�lxnaumrtroliai¢Ynacn�'cdkwra Rxvwe�srviro Au�i[nolcrmx[rwooicnwrmm. 'APPLICANTPRINTED.NAME: iMrcSA6yusg" _ APPUCANTSIGNATURE: /STAFF USEONIYI: OWNERSHIP VERIFIED), SKETG/APpROVEOl:_ FLOODZONE BFE PERM?FEE: SPEa4LCoJVDITIot4OFPERMm. No fill dirt to be provided by COLP. PERMITAPPROVEOBv.:'4z! 'GVlnr/� _ PATE, 2/12/2019 PERANrivo. 19 -125 KHcsw •€zest-�a�++-�cza�s == ---- - G --J-6 f.'YLY•y' 1 . iY3 �•�r TIM CI'S6pJ.-A� ' 12: S . .l i../ i//.'h:� =• .Jivti-: �.�?� ..e:vN;,�`C.-`._ �iW p l / / J%y, /, /,:i%r4;. - r __ °i?: •_. �_._ ; � ai'�:et \a'C?-..` in' "ap Mr 3��i��T. is r;; :i.�•'?�� - .p+q-i"-. _...:.'�:.A;'t\;:.Z. '-"...._... •'^;;,jliii,itLi ®14Ltl I ��. ..� ••, b � — - ?•-�.. •~ - - - - car- � -r � r `\ � \ .. _ _-- _.._.. — �HINNMNHrNiNNHHr HHINHNH GRADING PLAN _.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._..__........................ • - ' - - - ca.00 MCity of -La Porte N 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** ------------------------------------------------------------------------•---- Application Number . . 19-00000122 Date 3/08/19` Property Address . . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027=083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description STORM WATER QUALITY PERMIT Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . . 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work NEW LAB/WAREHOUSE STORM WATER ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner Contractor ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING ------------------------ GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . BLDG PERMIT -STORM WATER QUAL Additional desc STORM WATER ENTERPRISE BUILD B Permit pin number 589655 Permit Fee . . . . 200.00 Plan Check Fee .00 Issue Date . . . . 3/08/19 valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date . . 3/07/20 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 200.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged -------------------- Paid Credited -------------------- Due ----------------- Permit Fee Total 200.00 200.00 .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 200.00 200.00 .00 .00 (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUI ING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE Cv PREPARED 3/07/19, 9:45: PAYMENT DUE CITY OF LA PORTE PROGRAM BP820L --------------------------------------------------------------------------- APPLICATION NUMBER: 19-00000122 1210 N BROADWAY ST FEE DESCRIPTION AMOUNT DUE --------------------------------------------------------------------------- BLDG PERMIT -STORM WATER QUAL 200.00 TOTAL DUE 200.00 1 CltyOf La Porte Planning &Development Department PFAX' 18L4�� 3 G04 W. Falrtnont Pkwy. tB"e, Tx 77571 STORM WATER QUALITY PERMIT APPLICATION www.laporteDc.Qov 1. PROPERTY OWNER CONTACT INFORMATION: / L Q OWNER NAME: �5 7�%%S& 2'00e s TS � _ PHONE 1: E�3 2, � IV -• / 708 PHONE2:. FAX#: E-MAIL' �T,� C ran 2e.•iEZ P..nia�C. �D/Y� - MAILINGADORESS:- AQ0 LDLt.H{itn^. SY-- A&,A r9/7:7Z.7>b02 2. AGENT/CONTRACTOR ACTING OONBE//HALF.OF'PROPERTYOWNER_((fother than PropertyOwner): AGENT NAME:6u,L,{prB!''S' PHONE1: 71. '2%S"9yD0 PHONE2f 713- 1Q77 FAX#. E-MAIL: rs. Cewr, MAILING ADDRESS: E94YD 1-7b yl- 3. PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: PARCEL NO(s) (13-d(git HCAD Tax ID 0r270s3 coo 00 SUBJECT PROPERTY ADDRESS (If eidsting)E 15—— "" a:. "Sf-.� T- 726,77 SUBJECT PROPERTY. LEGAL DESCRIPTION 4U� 4. PROJk&.DESCRIPTION-, ® RESIDENTIAL ®. NON4RE57DENTIAL 13 BUILDING ADDITION ACCESS,ORYSTRUCTURE ® OTNER(deurlbal: nUTHORI2ED SIGNATURE DATE: S. APPLICATION CHECKLIST & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION: ® COMPLETE ITEMS 1THRU 5 OF APPLICATION JAN ,18•20iJ ® SUB MITAPPLICATION, SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION,& $200:06 APPLICATION FEE. ® REklt.TO "CONDITIONS OFSTORM WATER QUALITY PERMIT (ATTACHED) &AFFUSE ONLYIi a DATE RECEIWEDi ) O. 11 RECEIPEDBY:' IC.•T1�. - PRGIECTNUMBER:+ `-"� - ® SUPPORTWG DOCS,RECEIVED ® PERM&FEECOLLECTEO' 'RECAPTNO.. CITY ENGINEER APPROVALS: 2/18/2019 REiEnseoFeunDitiGPEp►firlJ+A��tTU:. %� �`-' tEilriFrcnYEoFoctueANO'(NAA+�TEI? - 0 KUimm PON- IMM DDG '33�81Lt•3-- �J _ LL T T - ___ __ LZl36LiT�L-�—• —'- (-. ; it �r. l �'��•4:_:•�"'-:�- ;; �.. \ .. . 'r� �SS -paw' C� � `• . /;:.ri•� ,:• i.::.� _ _:_ _: -is, _-rsi_i:.:::;,,: .' -r.. _ tee• ��''�oar .. I-M, a ': �+e --'- }• `-. r" a..d,'�»xasffi:�aea:--.i="----=---�•'""`=->lA"'�a°%-' -- Hill g-L, ; GRADING PLAN ._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._... �� -•- Khicsov � •-t_-sue t�ays_vrn-_� a•-�vrr. 3r ------ ___-_-_-_ _-__-_ �L•Y.li'irCAZ:.iL'SL1.'a C➢:lls1—n J _ _ _ .•[LLJ Z' ''tt i'vrv-.T _•� Cy�'T�y� .s-�+:63 's''''-�m ® --_ -_-- ♦♦T M1�Mtln(n !Epp. vS•Yr3::v:tmv_-._ 5ir!s3`6?!'—='-r= _ -_- -___ ur.♦a. __ •�s�rrem.-.va�_.ai�.ru �r�L�w.vntaTmrn _--_ _-- __ -____ --_-__ - - -"- DDG CTFlTFF \- niiiii .ti }] T]» `t} i-: _F__i%_a __;v vim. a-.x__.._ ^^'•"'•^^^^ �Si'J� • •49 J'�i • Tom_ _ 9 �3 _.._..-----_--.-----__.......................... .._.._.._-._.._.._ SWPPP PLAN �- ' ' • - - - cs.00 Kr cJ ]J . :o -^S°C = - -a ® DDG afr9�6E5'r � i �� v. au mfa �cv _ _ C1 j _ffi ® wa a II x�l H— �Y Ci�y9q C7. _ { _J ' iSYO6]Y ..vnwwu was S. C5.10 RECEIVED By Withersj at 11:36 am, Feb 13, 2019 Texas Commission on Environ�ffiemal Quality Construction Notice of Intent i Site Information (Regulated Entity) What is the name of the site to be authorized? Does the site have a physical address? Because there is no physical address, describe how to locate this site: city State ZIP Cony Latitude (N)(##.MASM`NA) Longitude (W) (400.#NpJN#) Primary SIC Code Secondary SIC Code Primary NAICS Code Secondary NAICS Coda Regulated Entity Site Information Whet is the Regulated Entity's Number (RN)? What is the name of the Regulated Entity (RE)? Does the RE site have a physical address? Because there Is no physical address, describe how to locate this site: City State ZIP Crony Latitude (N) (40.7ranma) Longltude (V✓) (44".NN#H4) Facility NAICS Code What is the primary business of this witty? Customer (Applicant) Information Enterprise Morgan's Point Warehouse a Adminlstmd i No 0.50 miles northeasl of the intersection of Texas 146 SerNce Road and N Broadway Street La Pone Tx 77571 HARRIS ' 29.683914 I -95.025938 i Enterprise Morgan's Point Warebuss a AdmWstred t No 0.50 miles northeast of the intersection of Texas 146 SerAce Road and N Broadway Street Le Pone Tx 77574 HARRIS i 29.883974 � -95.025938 I How u this applicant associated with this site? Operator Mat is the applicant's Customer Number(CN)? CN604294702 Type of Customer Other Full legal name of the applicant: Legal Name Gallant Builders, LLC Texas SOS Filing Number 801344995 Federal Tax l0 27399"68 Stale Franchise Tax ID 32043051534 Stale Sales Tax ID Local Tax ID I DUNS Number Number of Employees 0-20 Independently Owned and Operated? Yes I certify that the full legal name of the enllly applying for this peril Yes has been pro-Aded and is legally authorized to do business In Taxes. Responsible Authority Contact Organization Name Gallant Builders, LLC Prefix Fast Sean Middle Last Sachtieben Suffix Credentials Title Project Manager Responsibe Authority Mailing Address Enter new address or copy one from list: Address Type Domestic I Melling Address (Include Suite or Bldg. here, If applicable) Routing (such as Mail Code, Dept., or Atm:) City Stale ZIP Plane (M-CMY-q!N) Extension Alternate Phone (Ms9'-WV'-MAMM) Fax (Sri-MA;1'-MMMp) E-mil I Application Contact 6990 PORTWEST DR STE 170 HOUSTON TX 77024 713ON1977 I_ i Person TCEO should contact for questions about this application: '---�_""- Same as another contact? Organization Nam Envhonmemal Alves Prefix First Amanda Middle Last Mayberry 1 Suffix Credentials Tlile Partner Enter new address or ropy one from list: i Mailing Address Address Type Domestic Melling Address Qnclude Suite or Bldg. here, If applicable) 9730 WINDFERN RD Routing (such as Mall Code, Dept., or Attn:) City HOUSTON State TX I ZIP 77064 , Phone (0:I0-0M-agtMM1 2814424112 iExtension Abemata Phone (MMM-MMM-MMp) Fax (#*# 8" lMMM) E-mail swppp®environmentatalhes.com CNOI General Characteristics 1) Is the project located on Indian Country Lands? No 2) Is your construction aclfvity associated with a facility that, when No completed, would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources? 3) What la the Primary Standard Industrial CI833ft8fi0n (SIC) 1542 Code that best desrribes the construction aclMly being conducted at the site? 4) If applicable, what Is the Secondary SIC Code(s)? 5) What Is the total number of acres disturbed? 4.6 8) Is the project site pan of a larger common plan of development Yes or sale? 7) What Is the estimated start date of the project? 02/11/2019 8) What Is the estimated end date of the project? 02/11/2020 9) W it concrete truck washout be performed at the site? r Yes 10) What is the name of the first water body(s) to receive the San Jacinto Buy stor mvaler runoff or potential runoff from the Site? 11) What Is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) 2427 that the discharge will eventually react? 12) Is the discharge Into a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Yes System (MS4)? 12.1. What Is the name of the MS4 Operator? City of La Pone 13) Are any of the surface water bodies receiving discharges from Yes the construction site on the 2014 Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality? 13.1. What is the name(s) of the impaired water body(s) mceWg San Jacinto Bay the discharges from the contruction she? 14) Is the discharge or potential discharge within the Recttarge No Zone, Comribudng Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, as defined In 30 TAC Chapter 213? 15)1 certify that a stormwater pollution prevention plan has been Yes developed, will be Implemented prior to construction, and to the best of my Imowledge and belief is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans, as required In the general permit TXRI50000. Note: For multiple operators who operate under a shared SVJP3,the confirmation of an operator may be limited to Its obligations under the SVVP3 provided as obligations are I mnNmed by al least one operator. 16)1 certify that I haveoblained a copy and understand the terms Yes and conditions of the Construction General Permit (TXR150000). i17) 1 understand that a Notice of Terminadon (NOT) must be ` Yes submitted when this authorization is no longer needed. Certification j I cert8y, that I am authorized under 90 Taxes Administrative Code Subchapter 305.44 to sign this document and can pmvioe documentation In proof of such authorization upon request. h I mnify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision In accordance with a system designed to assure that quali0ed personnel property gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who menage the system, or Mom persona directly responsible for gathering the information, the Information submitted Is, to the best of my knowledge and bete( We, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are signl0mnt penalties for submitting false Information, including the possibility of Me and Imprisonment for Moving violations. 1. I am Seen A Sachdaben, the owner of the STEERS account ER064971. 2. 1 have the authority to sign this data an behalf of the applicant named above. 3. 1 have personally examined the foregoing and am familiar with its content and the content of any ettechments, and based upon my personal knowledge jend/or inquiry of any Individual responsible for information contained herein, that this information is true, accurate, and complete. 4. 1 further certify that I have not violated any term in my TCEO STEERS participation agreement and that I have no reason to believe that the confidentiality or use of my password has been compromised at any time. S. I understand that use of my pdasvroM conatitutea an electronic signature legally equivalent to my written signature. 6. 1 also understand that the attestations of fact contained herein pertain to the implementation, oversight and enforcement of a state and/or federal � environmental program and must be true and complete to the best of my knowledge. 7. 1 am aware that criminal penalties may be Imposed for statements or omissions that I know, or have reason to believe are untrue or misleading. 8. 1 am knowingly and intentionally signing Construction Notice of Intent. 9. My signature Indicates that I am in agreement with the Information on this form, and authorize its submittal to the TCEO. OPERATOR Signature: Sean A Sac himben OPERATOR Account Number. ER064971 Signature IP Address: 50.207.120.218 Signature Date: 2019-02-11 Signature Hash: ASE53B8C39A334EF5400237E6D6310A5B5AAB2509BE58E273381B.S86CAC0408A Fomt Hash Code at time of Signature: 0089494AC29C101 EF797AD9567gE26EC3E267E5B7E91550EBDE3A2B9B86A0EF0 Fee Payment Transaction by: The application fee payment transaction was made by - ER043212/Shella Christmas Paid by: The application fee was paid by STEVE R GUINN Fee Amount: $225.00 Paid Date: The application fee was paid on 2019412-11 TmnsacdonNoucher number. The transaction number is 582EA000332688 and the voucher number Is 405218 Submission v Reference Number. The application reference number is 279867 Submitted by: - The application was submitted by ER043212/Shelle Christmas Submitted nit eslamp: The applka8an was submitted on 2019-02-11 at 14:23:32 CST Submitted From: - The appllmUm was submiled from IP address 198.72.42.2 Cmilmation Number. The confirmation number Is 242637 Steen Version: The STEERS version Is 8.23 Additional Information Application Creator, This account was created by Sidney Glguere RECEIVED Sean Sachtleben By Withers] at 11:36 am, Feb 13, 2019 From: steers@tceq.texas.gov Sent: Monday, February 11, 2019 2:23 PM To: Sheila Christmas Subject: TCEQ ePay Receipt for 582EA000332688 (Payment Only) This is an automated message from the TCEQ ePay system. Please do not reply. This is a receipt for FEE PAYMENT ONLY. If you paid for an ePermits application, your STEERS ePermits application is NOT complete. Please return to STEERS ePermits to submit your application to TCEQ. Trace Number: 582EA000332688 Date: 02/11/2019 02:22 PM Payment Method: CC - Authorization 0000246262 Amount Paid: $225.00 Actor: Sheila Christmas Email: schristmas@environmentalallies.com Payment Contact: Steve R Guinn Phone: 281-442-4112 Company: Environmental Allies Address:9730 Windfern Road, Houston, TX 77064 Fees Paid: Fee Description AR Number Amount GENERAL PERMIT CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER DISCHARGE ELECTRONIC NOI APPLICATON (REF 279867) $225.00 Total Fees For Transaction: $225.00 Voucher: 405218 Trace Number: 582EA000332688 Date: 02/11/2019 02:22 PM Payment Method: CC - Authorization 0000246262 Amount Paid: $225.00 Fee Paid: GENERAL PERMIT CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER DISCHARGE ELECTRONIC NOI APPLICATON (REF 279867) Site Name: ENTERPRISE MORGAN'S POINT WAREHOUSE & ADMINISTRATI Site Location: 0.50 MILES NORTHEAST OF THE INTERSECTION OF TEXAS 146 SERVICE ROAD AND N BROADWA CN Number: CN604294702 Customer Name: GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC State Franchise Tax ID: 32043051534 Customer Address: 6990 PORTWEST DR STE 170, HOUSTON, TX 77024 STEERS Program: EPR_SW STEERS Reference: 279867 To print out a copy of the receipt and vouchers for this transaction either click on or copy and paste the following url into your browser: httos•//www3 tceg texas aov/eoay/index cfm?fuseaction=cor.search&trace num txt=582EA000332688. This e-mail transmission and any attachments are believed to have been sent free of any virus or other defect that might affect any computer system into which it is received and opened. It is, however, the recipient's responsibility to ensure that the e-mail transmission and any attachments are virus free, and the sender accepts no responsibility for any damage that may in any way arise from their use. Total Control Panel To: schristmasgbenvironmentalallies.com Remove this sender from my allow list From: steers@tceq.texas.gov You received this message because the sender is on your allow list. [gain Sean Sachtleben From: steers@tceq.texas.gov Sent: Monday, February 11, 2019 2:20 PM To: schristmas@environmentalallies.com; mgilbert@environmentalallies.com; swppp@environmentalallies.com; Landon Duncan; Sean Sachtleben Subject: STEERS Storm Water General Permits Notice Signed This confirms the following application was signed by Sean A Sachtleben ER064971 at 02/11/2019 02:20 PM. Construction Notice of Intent: Reference Number 279867 This notice has been sent to each individual having access to the referenced application through their ER Account. The application is now ready for payment of the application fee, unless the application is a Notice of Change or a Notice of Termination or a Notice of Deficiency. There is no application fee for Notice of Change or a Notice of Termination or a Notice of Deficiency but you must return to submit the application. After payment is made and the epay email is received confirming payment, you must return to submit the application. The application is still considered pending until it is submitted to TCEQ. You may access the application which is available in your work area in STEERS https://www3.tceq.texas.gov/steers/. If.you have any questions, please contact the STEERS Help Line at 512-239-6925 or by e-mail at steers@tceq.texas.gov. Sean Sachtleben From: steers@tceq.texas.gov Sent: Monday, February 11, 2019 2:24 PM To: schristmas@environmentalallies.com; mgilbert@environmentalallies.com; swppp@environmentalallies.com; Landon Duncan; Sean Sachtleben Subject: STEERS Storm Water Notice Submitted This confirms the submittal of your Construction Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. Your submittal was received at 02/11/2019 02:23 PM. The confirmation number for this submittal is 242637. The hash code for this submittal is 0089494AC29C101EF797AD95679E26EC3E267E5B7E91550EBDE3A2B9B86AOEFO. You may access the copy of record (submitted application), approval letter and certificate from the submit log which is available by selecting Submissions from the Home page of STEERS https://www3.tceq.texas.gov/steers/. If you have any questions, please contact the STEERS Help Line at 512-239-6925 or by e-mail at steers@tceq.texas.gov. I / . . . C %so rog PAO 04 MECAI Pre P6 w 40 WA oi+i Uri Ap Q cO, A-P S:XCPSHARE\IN$pElgT!pNSDIVISIONIINSPECTIONS\RES-COML INSPSHEETo M.XLS ... . ..... .... INSPECJTION7 DA`TiE RESUL�Tj INSP,ECtTiOO R 2 1 REMARKS) i , ; s — — — — --- — — - _ _ -- A—� EMAILED:'~—. T POLE TCI CONST ELEV CERT received (if in AENE zone) 2. 2. 1. Construction Drawings 2. 2 3. 3. 2. Building Under Const. 3. 3. Finished Construction 3' FORM SURVEY GROUND PLUMBING v PIERS t' SLAB/FOUNDATION (a d - q 0 powl \ WATER SERVICE LINE GT E ELEC UNDERGROUND (if applicable) COVER-UP LEAD TEST ` BRICK TIE DRIVEWAY SIDEWALKS `- - FINAL DRAINAGE/GRADING . r; i.•. ,- FINAL ELEV CERTIFICATE RECEIVED: ELEVATION SHOWN -FOR TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR IS: REQUIRED BFE: IS THE ELEVATION SHOWN 12" OR MORE ABOVE BFE: (YES) OR (NO) ` EMAILED: GAS FINAL - ELECTRIC INAL-� � �J! j `� + EMAILED: OTHER (patio, lawn sprinklers, etc.) FINAL ? (A)W hAe t111JII IMALT V_j X AA k�w 1131(1 -a p COMMERCIAL W & S WORK ORDERt':- �/A DATE 20 ,(� ,ANEW ✓ ADDITION ADDRESS 12I0 3r0a(Jlil.(�(M I mxei \_wI] 3I.YN_ 7 I Q W110 OWNER a{rrPri�'e,�""Prbdcc.�5 PH# 013) m -�o CONTRACTOR � bal►'�mt � l& J PH# 013) 90l0 -0 % 1 DATE ADDRESS REQUEST (COPY REc/D FROM ENGR.) L ZONING CLASSIFICATION AE #-vog FLOODZO0(PERENGlWC6NG) Am BLDG.PLA�SUBNIIHI�J) 'M�OTr UTILITY EXT. AGRMT REC'D Y OR N BLDG PLANS REVIEWED 2 2 I q BLDG. PERMIT RELEASED FOR ISSUANCE PERMIT # FEES PAID W SEy;Wne F log (: z 49ES WATER TAP PpnBib\�\� SEWER TAP -'BUII•DING PERMIT ./PLAN REVIEW FEE ELECTRICAL PERMIT vPfUMBING PERMIT MECHANICAL PERMIT S:\CPSharc\tnspecfions\COMMERCIAI.WSP SAEET.doc ✓ 01n 11-Iztp \Q 1 Q -1110t /O T2 19- I'P t °1-122 ,. City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 19-00000254 Date 6/25/19 Property Address . . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 1 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description COMMERCIAL BUILD OUT Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . . 6302064 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work BUILDING B - INTERIOR BUILDOUT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON-COMBUSTIBLE II Occupancy Type . . . . . . BUSINESS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT MECHANICAL Additional desc . . INSTALL SPLIT SYSTEMS Permit pin number 601872 Sub Contractor GOWAN INC. Permit Fee . . . . 531.00 Plan Check Fee .00 Issue Date . . . . 6/25/19 Valuation . . . . 167748 Expiration Date 12/22/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 30.00 167.00 3.0000 THOU MECH - $1001 & UP 501.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments May 15, 2019 5:11:08 PM lapovfl. COMMERCIAL PERMIT NOTES 1. All NEW development must obtain a water account through the City of La Porte Water Department @ 281-470-5020, prior to Building Permit issuance. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, INSPECTIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF APPLICABLE. 4. OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO a (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE i City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION Application Number . . . . . 19-00000254 Special Notes and Comments COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. 5. THIS BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBJECT TO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. 8. IF ANY FILL DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED. 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FORM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR,BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. 15. SEPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE LICENSED IRRIGATOR. LINE:(281) 470-5130 Page Date 2 6/25/19 (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 3 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000254 Date 6/25/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. MINIMUM SIX-INCH (6 ) STUD WALLS SHALL BE REQUIRED WHERE DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PLUMBING IS INSTALLED. 20. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS MAY BE USED IN COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS AS FOLLOWS: OUTSIDE AERIAL CONDUCTORS, AND SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTIOS. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due -------------- - -- ---- ---- --- --------- ---------- -- - - - - - - - - Permit Fee Total 531.00 531.00 .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 531.00 531.00 .00 .00 (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE City of La Porte 604 W. Fairmont Pkwy. La Porte, TX 77571 Planning & Development Department BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION MECHANICAL Phone: 281.470.5073 Fax: 281.470.5005 permits@laportetx.gov 1. PROJECT INFORMATION: DATE OF SUBMITTAL 6.25.2019 PROJECT ADDRESS Iuexisting): 1210 N. Broadway DESCRIBE WORK: Install of Mechanical Split Systems for new building(��77 (� MECHANICAL VENT HOOD WORK REQUIRES PLAN REVIEW PROCESS. PROVIDE TWO COPIES OF VENT HOOD DRA49 ORR4W0 PROJECT VALUATION: $ STAND ALONE PERMIT? ❑ YES O NO (PROVIDE BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER) 19-00000254 2. PROPERTY OWNER CONTACT INFORMATION: OWNER'S NAME: Enterprise Products Operating PHONE 713.817.6234 MAILING ADDRESS: PO Box 4018 Houston, Texas 772104018 E-MAIL, 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR COMPANY: Gowan Inc. PHONE 1: 713.696.5400 PHONE 2: 713.696.5466 E-MAIL Dmorales@gowaninc.com FAX R: MAILING ADDRESS: 5550 Airline Drive Houston Texas 77076 - CONTACT PERSON'S NAME: David Morales 713.696.5466 PHONE: 4. APPLICATION CHECKLIST & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION (Check applicable boxes): ❑ COMPLETE ITEMS I THRU 4 OF PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES TO APPUCANT: • NOT A VAUD PERMIT UNTIL CONTRACTOR 15 NOTIFIED OF APPROVAL AND ALL APPLICABLE FEES ARE PAID IN FULL • MASTER LICENSE & INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE CURRENT WITH STATE OF TEXAS & CITY OF LA PORTE • TO REGISTER WITH THE CITY, PROVIDE COPY OF CURRENT STATE HVAC LICENSE & INSURANCE (LISTING CITY'S ADDRESS AS CERTIFICATE HOLDER). NO FEE REQUIRED TO REGISTER. • HOMEOWNER MAY NOT OBTAIN A HOMEOWNER'S PERMIT FOR ANY MECHANICAL WORK. MUST BE A LICENSED HVAC CONTRACTOR. • REINSPECTION FEE -$35.00 •' 11,, AA ^ APPLICANT PRINTED NAME: 1�o..u1J Iy1�f0.IR0 APPLICANT SIGNATURE: (FOR STAFF USE ONLY): Approved for Issuance By: Date: PERMITNO.; Total Permlt Fee:$ Mw1MUM PENMI r FEE IS MC W City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy - - La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 4/29/19 Property Address . . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description NEW, COMMERCIAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . . 2523200 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work SITE/UNDERGROUND/FOUNDATION ONLY;NEW LAB WAREHOUSE e ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner ,. Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990.PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON-COMBUSTIBLE II Occupancy Type . . . . . . BUSINESS Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE AE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING Additional desc . . UNDERGROUND PLBG Permit pin number . 589572 Permit Fee . . . . 101.25 Plan Check Fee .00 Issue Date . . . . 4/29/19 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date 10/26/19 . Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 15.00 23.00 3.7500 EA PL - FIXTURES/DRAINS/TRAPS 86.25 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 28, 2019 8:30:19 AM lapovfl. COMMERCIAL ADDITION PERMIT NOTES .1. All NEW development must obtain a water account through the City of La Porte Water Department Q 281-470-5020, prior to Building Permit issuance. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, INSPECTIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF APPLICABLE. City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 Page 2 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 4/29/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments 4. OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. 5. THIS BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBJECT TO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. - 6. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE - PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. 8. IF ANY FILL_ DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FROM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. 15. SEPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------`------------ Page 3 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 4/29/19 --------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ Special Notes and Comments REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE LICENSED IRRIGATOR. 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. . 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. _. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE _ SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. DOMESTIC WATER METER 3 INCH AND LARGER TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 20. DOMESTIC WATERS SHALL BE A NEPTUNE TRU/FLO COMPOUND EQUIPPED WITH' E-CODER R900 I REGISTER. ' 21. THE DOMESTIC WATER METERS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH CITY S AUTOMATED METER READING EQUIPMENT. 22. THIS WORK IS FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND WORK ONLY. --------------------------------`------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged . Paid Credited Due ----------------- ---------- ---------- Permit Fee Total 101.25 101.25 ---------- ---------- .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 101.25 101.25 .00 .00 (SIGNAE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE l q l� City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 3/25/19 Property Address . . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description NEW, COMMERCIAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . . 2523200 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work SITE/UNDERGROUND/FOUNDATION ONLY;NEW LAB WAREHOUSE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000---------------------- Construction Type .' NON-COMBUSTIBLE II Occupancy Type . . . . . . BUSINESS Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE AE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT ELECTRICAL Additional desc . . ELECTRICAL Permit pin number 591081 Sub Contractor FSG ELECTRIC Permit Fee . . . . 22.50 Plan Check Fee .00 Issue Date . . . . 3/25/19 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date . . 9/21/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 7.50 1.00 15.0000 EA EL - NEW ML&S/TCI 15.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 28, 2019 8:30:19 AM lapovfl. COMMERCIAL ADDITION PERMIT NOTES 1. All NEW development must obtain a water account through the City of La Porte Water Department @ 281-470-5020, prior to Building Permit issuance. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, INSPECTIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ------------------------------------------------------ Page 2 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 3/25/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments APPLICABLE. 4. OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. 5. THIS BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBJECT TO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. B. IF ANY FILL DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FROM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. 15. SEPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 3 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 3/25/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments IRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE LICENSED IRRIGATOR. 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. DOMESTIC WATER METER 3 INCH AND LARGER TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 20. DOMESTIC WATERS SHALL BE A NEPTUNE TRU/FLO COMPOUND EQUIPPED WITH E-CODER R900 I REGISTER. 21. THE DOMESTIC WATER METERS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH CITY S AUTOMATED METER READING EQUIPMENT. 22. THIS WORK IS FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND WORK ONLY. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid -------------------- Credited Due -------------------- ----------------- Permit Fee Total 22.50 22.50 .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 22.50 22.50 .00 .00 (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE City of La Porte Planning& Development Department Phone:281.470.5073 • 604 W,Fairmont Pkwy. Fax:281.470.5005 La Porte,TX 77571 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION ELECTRICAL permits@laportetx.gov 1. PROJECTINFORMATION: . n y DA EOFFSUBMITTAAL 3 19(2Z . PROJECT ADDRESS(If existing): _2.10 N QC'oo'ao- k�,$jaJ St, L0. tbek�,IX 1151 1 DESCRIBE WORK: S 1{•t U CO LTItv. vµ p STAND ALONE PERMIT?: YES NO(PROVIDE BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER):�OCI-000001 L9 • • PERMIT ISSUE FEE(ryMINIMUM PERMIT FEE$20.00) .$7.50 1 . $7.50 Outlets,Fixtures,Lights&Switches(Flr5t Five=Flat Fee) $3.00 Outlets,Fixtures,Lights&Switches(Additional over First Five) $0.60/Ea. Washing Machine/Dryer $2.00/Ea. Range Receptacle $3.00/Ea. Cook Top/Oven $1.50/Ea. A/C,Window Unit Receptacle $3.00/Ea: Water Heater $3.75/Ea. Dishwasher/Garbage Disposal $1.50/Ea. New Meter Loop&Service(includes temp.cut-In) $15.00/Ea. **Temporary Saw Pole(T-Pole) $15.00/Ea. Repair/Replace/Reconnect existing ML&S $15.00/Ea. Electric Welder $2.00/Ea. Motor(less than 1/2 hp) $1.50/Ea. Motor(1/2 hp to less than 10 hp) $2.50/Ea. Motor(10 hp to less than 50 hp) $3.50/Ea. Motor(50 hp and above) $4.50/Ea. 2. PROPERTY OWNER CONTACT T INFORMATION: {,� OWNER'S NAME: EE��4CXt�IID�rt2&/��Pr�IZYppIIIA-fSISI� Oe fit__ PHONE: MAILING ADDRESS 1�o f"'�DX. '1V((J , CWWS H, TX 1 12to E-MAIL: l 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: �` ® *HOMEOWNER IS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR COMPANY: I—'E G FIecI'ciZ• PHONEI:_�(pZ� —1t; -(P 30I /�(7 PHONE2: E-MAIL: QAI'4rYA0'COI.111 t�•F'SQf CC)4M FAX8: MAILINGADDRESS: "1" r '..s W llotio �fn L�-- CONTACTPERSON'SNAME: PHONE:— (,(31 �1 �( t1 4. APPLICATION CHECKLIST&SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION(Check applicable boxes): *11.Homeownerls Contractor, ®COMPLETE ITEMS ITHRU 4 OF PERMIT APPLICATION mustfurnlsh notarized NOTES TO APPLICANT: Homestead Affidavit ROTA VALID PERMIT UNTIL OWNER/CONTRACTOR IS NOTIFIED OF APPROVAL AND ALL APPLICARLE FEES ARE PAID IN FULL. MASTER LICENSE&INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS MUSTBECURRENTwaH STATE OFTEXAS&CT?OF LA PORTE - • TO REGISTER,SUBMITCURRENTMASTER LICENSE&INSURANCE(WITH CITY NAME&ADDRESSAS CERTIFICATE HOLDER).NO FEE REQUIRED. ' • REINSPECFIONFEEe$35.00 • "T-POLES MUST BE PERMITTEOUNDER SEPARATE APPLICATION UNLESS SAME ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS PERMITTING BOTHT- E&REM I NOEL—ICAL WOAK Lb L f' 1 APPLICgNTPRINTED NAME: LJ�r�s Yct/l e✓��I t(JIC`IAPPLICANTSIGNATURE: /FOR STAFF USE ONLY): Approved for Issuance By: Date: • •PERMITNO.: ' Total Permit Fee:$ City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 **.**BUILDING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application�zNumber . . . . 19-00000119 Date 2/28/19 Property Address . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: " Application type description NEW, COMMERCIAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . . 2523200 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work SITE/UNDERGROUND/FOUNDATION ONLY;NEW LAB WAREHOUSE ---------------------------------------------`------------------------------ Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON-COMBUSTIBLE II Occupancy Type . . . . . . BUSINESS Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE AE -------------------------------------------------------`-------------------- Permit . . . . . . BLDG PERMIT ZW:COMMERCIAL Additional desc NEW WAREHOUSE Permit pin number 588806 Permit Fee . . . . 9571.50 Plan Check Fee 4785.75 Issue Date . . . . 2/28/19 Valuation . . . . 2523200 Expiration Date . . 8/27/19 Qty Unit Charge Per, Extension BASE FEE 2487.50 2024.00 3.5000 THOU BLDG - 500,001 - UP 7084.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 28, 2019 8:30:19 AM lapovfl. COMMERCIAL ADDITION PERMIT NOTES 1. All NEW development must obtain a water account through the City of La Porte Water Department @ 281-470-5020, prior to Building Permit issuance. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, INSPECTIONS. " 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF APPLICABLE. City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 2 Application Number 19-00000119 Date 2/28/19 ---------------------------------- I Notes and Comments 4.'OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. 5. THIS,BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBJECT TO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH -RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR,IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. 8. IF ANY FILL DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FROM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. 15. SEPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Page 3 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119. Date 2/28/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE LICENSED IRRIGATOR. 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. DOMESTIC WATER METER 3 INCH AND LARGER TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 20. DOMESTIC WATERS SHALL BE A NEPTUNE TRU/FLO COMPOUND EQUIPPED WITH E-CODER R900 I REGISTER. 21. THE -DOMESTIC WATER METERS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH CITY S AUTOMATED METER READING EQUIPMENT. 22. THIS WORK IS FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND WORK ONLY. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid --------- ----- Credited Due -------------- ----------------- ----'----- Permit Fee Total 9511.50 9571.50 .00 .00 .Plan Check Total 4785.75 4785.75 .00 .00 Grand Total 14357.25 14357.25 .00 .00 ►' , SIGNATURE (APPROVED Bk BUILDING OFFI,CIAL OR,&UTHORIZED AGENT) DATE /g City of La Porte 604 W. Fairmont Pkwy. La Rorie,TX77571 Planning & Development Department Phone:: 281A70.5073 ,Fax:-281:470.5005 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION permits@laportetx.gov 1. PROJECT INFORMATION: DATE OF SUBMITTAL: 16JAN2019 T - *Crf as /Zoo N. PROJECTADORESS(If existing): BUIIdif1g�B�QZ1O N pBFpOddWay Sti,,La Porte, TX 77571 Witt AA4Ld coc�,Hon+yziru � HCAD PARCEL NO(s) 13-digit Tax ID(s): 2i027083000001.1 3) PROPERTY LE GAL DESCRIPTION: See attached Exhibit 13, IRRIGATION SIGN OFENCE 13POOL O OTHER: DESCRIBE WORK: New Warehouse/Lab Building (Site, Underground, and Foundation Scope'oniy) .. ........ . Warehouse/Lab 1 21;378 22523,200 BUILDING USE; NO. OF STORIES: TOTAL S,d: FOOTAGE: PROJECT VALUATION: $ ' .2. PROPERTY OWNER CONTACT INFORMATION: OWNER'S NAME: Enterprise Products Operating LP., Mario Gonzales PHONE: 713-381-6500 MAILING ADDRESS: 1 1 OO Louisiana St., Houston, TX 77002 E-MAIL: JMGdniales@EpTod.com 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR: 13�"HOMEOWNER_ IS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR COMPANY: Gallant Builders, LLC _ �� V rr PHONE 1: 713-906=1977 PHONE'2: t� 9 tL E-MAIL;asachtleben@gallantbOildees.com FAX a: BAN 18 2013 r MAILINGADDRESS: 69.90 PortWest Dr., -Ste. 170, Houston, TX 77024 ,- _ _ 1+•1 CONTACT PERSON'S NAME: Sean, Sachtleben, Project Manager PHONE: 713-90671.977 4. APPLICATION CHECKLIST& SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION (Check applicable boxes): t'If iforneownerisContractor, must furnish notaiized ,a COMPLETE ITEMS 1-4 OF PERMIT APPLICATION Homestead not a.i ze O SUBMIT TWO(2)eCiMPLETE SETS(HARDCOPIES)OFCONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR REVIEW it NOTESTO APPLICANT: 1. CONTRACTOR MUST BE REGISTEREdWITH THE CRY. TO REGISTER, SUBMITCURRENTCERTIFICATEDF INSURANCE WITH CRY NAME& ADDRESS AS CERTIFICATE HOLDER. 2. ADDITIONAL APPLICATION AND ASSOCIATED DRAWINGS AREREQUIRED FOR THE', FOLLOWING PERMITS: FILL DIRT, FLOOD PLAIN DEVELOPMENT, AND STORM WATER, QUALITY. 3, NOTA VALID PERMIT.ONTIL oWNER/coNTRACTOR,IS NOTIFIED OF APPROVACAND ALL APPLICABLE FEES ARE PAID IN FULL 4. AS Acdh6 TION OF THIS SUBMITTAL, I. AGREE TO ALLOW EMPLOYEES OF THE CITY OF LA PORTE TO ACCESS MY PROPERTY FORT E PURPO5 OF;. INSPECTING OR VERIFYING INFORMATION PROVIDED.IN THIS APPLICATION St THE 'PLANS SUBMITTED.THEREWITH.. APPLICANT PRINTED NAME: Seah'Sachtleben APPLICANT SIGNATURE: !STAFF USE ONLY) : 0ccuponcyType:� Consttype: � Flood Zone: UseZone,(ZoningDistrict/:CE?: Taxes?: OVL FEES: PERMIT FIE: $ PLAN CHECK FEE: $ RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY TIEdN FEE: $ PARKLANO'& ZONE FEE.• Spec`ilifCondiflons:/Y/J IV (:ib W d a .Must complete all work and'pots,Ciry Jnspectlon wlthln'10 days p/permJNssuonce:fo ovoid%urther Code°EnjorcementActlon PERMITAPPROVAL: 'Fire.Marshol(Commerciol0 Date". Approvedfor Issuance'by: Dote: ,PERMIT NO..� �I PLAN REVIEW NOTES 1210 N. Broadway Bldg. B Permit #19-119 1/29/2019 (Standard notes ONLY IF APPLICABLE) 1. Please provide a detailed response to all plan review items when resubmitting paperwork. 2. Please submit all requested items together at one time with the detailed response as this starts the resubmittal process for your review. 3. Please submit two copies of all paperwork and an electronic copy to the Inspections Department, C/O Richard Glass, 604 W. Fairmont Pkwy., La Porte, TX 77571. 4. Please e-mail any questions regarding the plan review process to: slassrPlaportetx.Pov Please include the project address in the subject line for all e-mails. (Specific notes FOR YOUR PROJECT) 1. All Public works comments must be addressed. 2. All Fire Marshal comments must be addressed. 3. An approved Site Plan will be required before permit release. 4. Please provide ComChecks for your project. 5. Please provide TAS(ADA) proof of submittal for your project. LPORMLA PORTE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE "PLAN REVIEW" Date 01/24/2019 Business Name Enterprise Products — Building "B" Address 1210 N. Broadway Type of Review Construction Contractor Gallant Builders Reviewed by Clif Meekins Fire Marshal Ci Permit # 19-1 19 A rovat NO The Applipnt shall be mponsible to ensure the design spedantions and plans am mmplats and in wrnpllance with the requlnments set 10" In the 2915 lntanrational Fire Code (IFC) and Loul Amendments as w11 ss the appileabie referenced Standards listed In Chapter 45 of the 2013 IFC. This plan review Is net Intendsd to he tuty Inclusiw as other requirements may be Imposed as wamnlad by the Fire Marshal or as deemed necessary during omdle inspections by the Fin Manhal'a M.. "THIS PLAN REVIEW MUST BE ON THE JOBSITE WITH THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS11 1) NO Fire Code listed/cited on the construction drawings a. The 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) has been adopted by the City of La Porte and is in effect. All plans shall state and show compliance with the 2015 IFC. 2) No Second Floor ❑oorplan shown on the plans. 3) No Floorplan showing Egress Signs / Emergency Lighting shown on the plans. 4) ALL Under -Ground Fire Protection System shall be planned by, and those plans submitted, by a State of Texas licensed Fire Sprinkler company with an RME seal. 125 South 3`dStreet, La Porte, TX 77571 * Office: 281-867-4603 * Fax: 281-867-4629 Glass, Richard From: Glass, Richard Sent: Tuesday, January 29, 2019 9:29 AM To: jmgonzales@eprod.com; 'Sean Sachtleben' Subject: 1210 N. Broadway Bldg. B, Permit #19-119 Attachments: FMO Notes.pdf; PLAN REVIEW NOTES.DOCX Good morning, Please see attached notes and link for your project. https://Iaportetx- my.sharepoint.com/:b:/p/persona1/glassr laportetx aov/EX32cE4MQhFEthQls3KAFowBvbGnbK04HGE6obvLsavHUA?e= P4mULo Thank you, Richard Glass, CFM Plans Examiner City of La Porte Planning & Development Phone: 281-470-5075 glassr@laportetx.gov DESCRIPTION OF A 19,5061-ACRE (849;684 SQ. FM) TRACT OF LAND SITUATED IN THE ENOCH BRINS.ON SURVEY, A-5 AND THE JOHNS -ON HUNTER SURVEY, A-35, HARRIS COUNTY, TEXAS Being a 19.5061-acre (849,684 Sq. FtJ;iract of land situated;in the Enoch Brinson Survey, A-5 and the Johnson Hunter Survey, A-35„Harris County, Texas%, being all of the called.19.51-acre tract of land conveyed to Enterprise Products Operating L.P. deed recorded under Harris County Clerk's, File- No. Y, 141855, Film Code No. 597484684-of the Official Public Records.of Real Property; Harris :County; Texas and being further described by mete'§ and bounds as follows with all bearings being based on the Texas State Plane Coordinate System; South Central Zone No: 4204, all coordinates sliown herein are grid coordinates and maybe brought to siirface by multiplying -by the scale factor of 1.0001,148762, all distances are surface: BEGINNING (N=13,818,017.77, E=3,228,865.34) at a 5/8,.inch iron rod found for a southwest comer of said called 19.51-acre tract, being the northwest comer of a called 0.I60=acre tract conveyed to the State of Texas by deed recorded under Harris_County Clerk's File No; F291225 of the Official Public Records of Real Property, Harris County, Texas, located in the east right-of-way line of State Highway 146 (width varies); THENCE North 10 deg. 54 min: 69 sec. West, with the east right-of-way line of said State Highway 146, with a'west line of'said :called 19.51-acre tract and witha west line of said tract herein described, a distance of 60.53 feet to a 5/8-ihch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER ENG.HOUSTON, TX" set an angle point; THENCE North 03 deg. 15 min. 06 sec.. West, with the'cast rigfit-of-way Gnc.of said State Highway 146, with a west line of said,callcd 19.51=acre tract and with a west line of said tract herein described, a distance of 271.43 feet to a 5/8-inch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER'ENG HOUSTON, TX" set for the northwest,corner of said'tract herein described, being the:north comer of a called 1.166-acre"tract conveyed to the'State of Texas,by deed recorded under Harris County Clerk's File No. U911023 ofthe Official Public Records of Real Property", Harris County, Texas'; THENCE South 34 deg. 06-min. 68:sec. East, with,a southwest line of said called 1.166-acre tract, with the northeast.line ofsaid called'195.1-a6c tract and 'with a, northeast line of said tract herein described, a.distance of 267.55 feet to a 5/8-inch iron.rod with cap stamped'"WEISSER ENG HOUSTON, TX` set for an angle point; THENCE South 22.deg. 54 min..26 sec. East; with;a soufhwestline ofsaid called J.l,66-acre tract, with'the northeast.line ofsaid called'19.51-acie;tfact and with a northeast line of said tract herein described, a distance of 148.41 feet to a 5/8-inch.li.ro.n rod with•cap'stamped"WEISSER ENG HOUSTON, TX" set for an angle'poinC THENCE South 83 deg. 26 min.25 sec. East, with a south line of said called ,1.166-acre tract, with a north line ofsaid called 19:51-acre tractand with a north line of said tract herein described_, a distance of,6.99'feet to a 5/8-inch iron rod_ with, cap stamped '`WEISSER ENG HOUSTON, TX',' set for a n;.anglepoint;, THENCE North,'06 deg.'33 min. 35 sec. East;, with an east_Ime of'said,called 1.166=acretract; with'a west line of said'called.19.5,1-acre.tractand with a west line of said,tract hereinAescnbed; a distance oPh500 feef to a 5/8 finch iron rod,wifh cap stamped "WEISSER EN HOUSTON, TX"set for :an angle point; N JAN 18 200 THENCE South 83 deg., 26 minA5 sec. East, with a south line of said called 1.166-acre tract, with a north line of said called 19.51=acre tract and with a north line of said tract herein described; a distance of 139.81 feet to a 5/8=inch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER EKG HOUSTON, TX" "set for an angle point; THENCE North 42 deg. 50 min. 35 sec. East, with a southeast line of said called 1.166;acre tract, With a northwest line of said called 19.51-acre 'tract and with a northwest line of said tract herein described, a distance of 77.33 feet to a 5/8-'inch iron rod with cap:stamped "WEISSER ENG HOUSTON, TX" set for an angle point; THENCE South 87 deg. 28 min. 44, sec.. West, with a north line of said called 1.166'1acre tract, with.a south line of said called 19.51-acre tract:and with.a south line of said tract herein described, a distance of 77:39 feet to, 5/8-inch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER ENG HOUSTON, TX" set f6r an angle point; THENCE North 26 deg. 26 min. 49 sec. West, with a northeast line of said called 1.166-acre tract, with a southwest line of said called 19.5,1-acre tract and with a southwest line of said tract herein described, a distance of 130.29 feet to a. 5/8-inch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER ENG HOUSTON, TX" set for an angle point; THENCE North 34 deg. 05 min. 12 sec. West, with a norheast line of said called 1.166-acre tract, .with a southwest line of said called 19.51-acre tract and with a southwest line of said tract herein described, a distance of 174.29 feetto a 5/8-inch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER ENG HOUSTON,, TX" set for a northwest comer ofsaid tract,herein described; located in the south line of a called 13.2148-acre'tracCconveyed to Carl Alan Swindolt, et ux by deed recorded. under Harris County Clerk's File No. R436402 of the Official PubficRecords of Real Property, Harris County, Texas; THENCE South 72_4eg. 51'min.37'sec. East, with a southwest.line of said called 13.2148-acre tract and the southwest, line of a tract conveyed,to Houston International Seafarers Center; Inc. by deed recorded under Harris County Clerks File No R763220 of the OfficiaCPublic Records of Real Property, Harris County, Texas, with a northeast line of said called :19.51=acre tract and with a:northeasi line of said tract herein described; a distance of.1474.69' feett to a 5/8-inckiron rod with cap stamped'"WEISSER ENG HOUSTON TX" set for an angle point, located in the south line of the San Jacinto Bay; THENCE; in a southeasterly'direction with the,southwest line,ofsaid San Jacinto Bay and with the. northeast line of said 'called 19.51-acre tract and.with a northeast line of said tract herein described the following courses and distances: South 37 deg. 24 min. 22 secc East, a -distance of:123:84 feet; South $2 deg. 43 min. 27 sec.IEast, 5 distance of'128.73Vfeet; South 5.1 deg. 05 min. 05 sec. East, a distance of 100.98 feet; South 41 deg. 03 min. 00 _sec: ;East, a:distance of 64.30 feet; South 47 deg. 33 min. 48 sec. East, a distance of 65.71 feet; South 76 deg. 49 min. 04;sec, East, a distance of 51, 12. feet; South 70 deg. 00 min-., 48:sec: East, a distance of:69.30.feet; South 66deg.19 min. 14.sec..East, a distance of.116:78 feet; South 67 dew 42 min 20'sec.. East, a,distance. of 75 74.feet; South 83 deg. 1.1 niio., I 1 sec. East, a;distance of 62.3.7 feet; South 08 deg 42 min 50 sec: West; a, distance of62; - feet; South 70 deg. 45,inm 49:sec. East, a distance of 100.24•feet; TAN 18 200 South 88 deg. 33 min. 40 sec. East, a distance of 53:85 feet; South 58 deg. 47 min. 23, set. East, a distance. of 5.0.0 feet; South 66 deg; 54 min. 56 sec. East, a distance of.45.21 feet; South 67 deg. 39 min. 08 sec. East, a distance of 46.48 feet; South 78 deg. 30'min. 38 sec. East, a distance of50.49 feet; South 84 deg. 11 min. 23 sec. East, a distance.of;50;04 feet; South 66 deg: 29 min. 50 sec. East, a distance df 23.41 feet; South 58 deg: IS min. 08 sec. East, a distance 617.31:76 feet; South 89 deg. 54 min; 47 sec East, a distance of 50.09 feet; South 79 deg. 59 min. 49:sec. East, a distance of 44.28 feet; North 76 deg. 37 min. 57'sec. East; wdistancc of 58.5. feet;' North ,87 deg. 48 min. 32.sec. East, a distance of.100.5.0:feet, South 77 deg: 51 min. 51 sec: East, a distance of33.38 feet; North 89 deg. l5. min. 07,sec. East, a distance of 67.19 feet; North 74 deg;13 min. 48 sec. East, a distance of 84:76 feet; North 86 deg. 33 min, I I sec. East, a distance of 64.14 feet to a 5/8-i6ch iron rod with cap stamped ' WEISSER ENG HOVSTON, TX" set for'the northeast comer of said tract herein described, located in the west right-of-way line of said North Broadway(100 feet wide); THENCE South 03 deg. 06 min. 37 sec. West, with the west right=of-way line of said North Broadway, with an east line -of said called i9.51-acre tract and with an east line of said tract herein described, a distance. of.280.68 feet to a 5/8-inch iron rod with cap found in the west right-of-way line of 'North Broadway and being in the northeast line of a 20-foot wide fee strip conveyed to Houston Pipe Line Company by deed recorded under Volume 2500,'Page 385 of the Deed Records of Harris County, Texas. and being the southeast comer of said called 19.51-acre tract and southeast comer of said tract herein described; THENCE North 72 deg: 51 min. 37 sec> West, with a northeast hne,of, said_20400t wide fee strip, wit h'a southwest line of -said called 19.5:1-acretract'and withthe Restricted Reserve `J', with a southwest .line of said tract herein described, a distance of 3216.71 feet to a.5/8'inch iron rod with cap found fora southwest comer of said tractherein described, being the southeast comer.of said called 0.160: acre tract; THENCE North 1.7 deg; 08 min. 23.sec. East, with a'southeast line of said `called 0.I. 60-acre tract, with a'northwest line of said called 19.51-acre tract and with the northwest line.of.said tract.herein described, a distance of 60.00 feet,to a 5/8-inch iron rod with cap stamped "WEISSER_ ENG HOUSTON. TV set for an interior comer ofsaid called 19.54-acre tract; THENCE North 72'deg. 51 min_37 sec. West, with a"northeast.line of said `called 0;160-acre tract, with a.so.uthwest line of said called 19:51=acre tract and with a southwest line of said tract -,herein described, a:distance of 131.96-feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING+and containing .19 506'1'acres 1(849,(84 Sq. ft.,) of land. IECE-0 EL JAN 18 20.0 J This description is accompanied by a plat of even survey date. Compifed by WEISSER ENGINEERING CO_ MPANY :19500 Park Row, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77084 TBPLS Reg..No. 100518-00 TBPE.Reg..No.: F-68 Job No:: I606.9 Date: 12/15/2018 F T� ....:........................ WALTER. P. BASS y� 4410 r,'� °:a 9.i�°F.ess�•�O suM�` JAN 18 20iJ �I ;�_ __- PERMIT#: lei -M COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW COVER SHEET (INTERNAL USE) ADDRESS: OWNER'S NAME PROJECT TYPE: HCAD#: O1-'l -0%3 -boo-o:>1t FLOOD ZONE: PvE USE ZONE: Li Y/N SUB /DATE RETURNED USB/CD ZONING PERMIT CERT. SITE PLAN APPROVAL ASBESTOS SURVEY RECEIVED TAS (ADA) PROOF OF SUBMITTAL FILL DIRT APPL/PERMIT CLEARING PERMIT NEEDED? FLOOD PERMIT NEEDED?: W/S FEES APPLICABLE?: TAP FEES APPLICABLE 100% MASONRY/GLASS STORM WATER QUALITY PERMIT TAXES UP TO DATE?: 040A -- (Applicable on Demo, Addn, or Remodel) h1 t 1A (Applicable to Comm. Or Ind.) (If yes, figure fees. If no, use w/s form to explain why they are not.) DATE OF REVIEW: 1 Yt t INSPECTOR: ITEMS NEEDED FOR ISS ANCE OF PERMIT: t(� t4 - rlot�i. u� � v,aw-Icp��r• a f �5 - Is l5 — (ymm cn d e 0 OWNER OR CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION DATE TIME NAME OF PERSON CONTACTED S:\CPShm\INSPECTION DIVISIONUMPMtions\COML PLAN REVIEW COVER SHEETAm Rev. August 15, 2018 ,COMMERCIAL PERMIT NOTES; 1. ALL NEW DEVELOPMENT MUST OBTAIN A WATER ACCOUNT THROUGH THE CITY OF LA PORTE WATER DEPARTMENT @ 281-470-5020, PRIOR TO BUILDING PERMIT ISSUANCE. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, INSPECTIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF APPLICABLE. 4. OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILTY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. 5, THIS BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBIECTTO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. 8. IF ANY FILL DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FROM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. / EPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE CopIRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE YlICENSED IRRIGATOR. 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. DOMESTIC WATER METER 3 INCH AND LARGER TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 20. DOMESTIC WATER METERS SHALL BE A NEPTUNE TRU/FLO COMPOUND EQUIPPED WITH E-CODER R900I REGISTER. 21. THE DOMESTIC WATER METERS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH CITY'S AUTOMATED METER READING EQUIPMENT. 22. THIS WORK IS FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND WORK ONLY. CITY OF LA PORTE, TX *** CUSTOMER RECEIPT *** Batch I D: LAPOGSB 2/ 28/ 19 71 Recei pt no: 47286 Year Number Type SvcCd Descri pt i on Arrount 2019 119 BP PERM TS $14357. 25 1210 N BROADV\AY ST 1210 N BROADVAY ST CLP LA PORTE, TX 77571 Trans number: 3527754 2019 126 BP PERM TS $50. 00 1210 N BROADV\AY ST 1210 N BROADMY ST CLP LA PORTE, TX 77571 Trans number: 3527755 GALLANT Tender det ai I CK Ref #: 20447 $14407. 25 Tot al t ender ed: $14407. 25 Tot al payment : $14407. 25 Trans dat e: 2/ 28/ 19 Ti rre: 9: 21: 31 rJ "�1 Q C17-Y O e 28 2019 City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 2 Date 2/28/19 Property Address `,''.� . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description NEW, COMMERCIAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Ose . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . : 2523200 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work SITE/UNDERGROUND/FOUNDATION ONLY;NEW LAB WAREHOUSE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON-COMBUSTIBLE II Occupancy Type . . . . . . BUSINESS Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE AE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit BUILDING PERMIT PLQ14BIN u v�{OU Additional desc SEWER & WATER PIPING TO BLDG nnc.K Permit pin number 588921 Lo 'mod Sub Contractor .*SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. Permit Fee . . . . 30.00 Plan Check Fee 00 Issue Date 2/28/19 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date, 8/27/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 15.00 1.00 7.5000 EA PL - SEWER-NEW,REPAIR,REPLACE 7.50 1.00 7.5000 EA PL - WATER PIPE/TREATING EQUIP 7.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 28, 2019 8:30:19 AM lapovfl. COMMERCIAL ADDITION PERMIT NOTES 1. All NEW development must obtain a water account through the City of La Porte Water Department ® 281-470-5020, prior to Building Permit issuance. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, INSPECTIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED (281)470-5073 Application Number City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 INSPECTION 19-00000119 Special Notes and Comments FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF APPLICABLE. 4. OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. 5. THIS BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBJECT TO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. 8. IF ANY FILL DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FROM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. 15. SEPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT LINE:(261) 470-5130 Page 2 Date 2/28/19 City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ---------------------- ----------------------------- Page 3 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 2/28/19 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE LICENSED IRRIGATOR. 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. DOMESTIC WATER METER 3 INCH AND LARGER TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 20. DOMESTIC WATERS SHALL BE A NEPTUNE TRU/FLO COMPOUND EQUIPPED WITH E-CODER R900 I REGISTER. 21. THE DOMESTIC WATER METERS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH CITY S AUTOMATED METER READING EQUIPMENT. 22. THIS WORK IS FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND WORK ONLY. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid --- ---------- Credited Due ------- ----------------- Permit Fee Total 30.00 30.00 .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 30.00 30.00 .00 .00 --C-e-------------e -<- --- (SIGE OF CONTRAC OR OR AUTHORIZED AGE T) DA E (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORI AGENT) D TE l City of La Porte Planning &Development Department Phone: 281.470.5073 604 W. Fairmont Pkwy. Fax: 281.470.5005 La Porte, TX 77571 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION PLUMBING www.laportetx.gov 1. PROJECT INFORMATION:, DATE OF SUBMITTALti2812019 PROTECT ADDRESS (if existing,): 1210 N. Broadway DESCRIBE WORK: Plumbing Utility Lines r1 .I .I 19(� STAND ALONE PERMIT?: ® YES KNO(PROVIDE BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER):19-000001 NOTE: STORM SEWER REQUIRES A CITY CERTIFIED SITE PLAN, CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND A COMPLETE PLUMBING PERMIT APPLICATION PERMIT ISSUE FEE (MINIMUM PERMIT FEE $20.00) FEE $15.00 QUANTITYITEM 1 $15.00 Fixtures, Drains & Traps $3.75/Ea. Sewer (New, Repair, or Replacement) $7.50/Ea. ® -1.50 Septic Tank, Seepage Pit, Drain Field $15.00/Ea. Water Heater $3.75/Ea. Gas Piping System (1 to 4 Outlets = Flat Fee) $7.50 Gas Piping System (Over 4 Outlets) $1.50/Ea. Water Piping and/or Water Treating Equipment (Installation, Alteration, or Repair) $7.50/Ea. Drain or Vent Repair/Alteration $7.50/Ea. . .Vacuum Breaker/Backflow Protection (1-5) $3.75/Ea. Vacuum Breaker/Backflow Protection (over 5) $2.25/Ea. 2. PROPERTY OWNER CONTACT INFORMATION: OWNER'S NAME: Enterprise ,tProductS � � �PHONE:'?13-817-6234 MAILING ADDRESS: P.O. Box 4018- E-MAIL: 3. PLUMBINGCONTRACTOR: ®'HOMEOWNER IS CONTRACTOR AGENT /CO�INTRACTOORCOMPANY:Slack &,Co. Contracting Inc. PHONE 1: 281-543-401 1 PHONE 2: EMAIL: neal.fa�fulknerl@ MAILING ADDRESS:2L 990 Holmes Rd. ��ff CC,1 ,1 CONTACT PERSON'S NAME:Neal Faulkner PHONE:L81-543-4011 4. APPLICATION CHECKLIST & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION (Check applicable boxes): 'if Homeowner 15 Contractor, ® COMPLETE ITEMS 1 THRU 4 OF PERMIT APPLICATION must furnish notarized NOTES TO APPLICANT: Homestead Affidavit • NOT A VAUD PERMIT UNTIL OWNER/CONTRACTOR IS NOTIFIED OF APPROVAL AND ALL APPLICABLE FEES ARE PAID IN FULL • MASTER LICENSE & INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE CURRENT WITH STATE OF TEXAS & CITY OF LA PORTE • TO REGISTER, SUBMIT CURRENT MASTER LICENSE & INSURANCE (WITH CITY NAME & ADDRESS AS CERTIFICATE HOLDER). NO FEE REQUIRED. • REINSPECTION FEE =$35.00 ' APPLICANT PRINTED NAME: Neal Faulkner APPLICANT SIGNATURE:I�!// (FOR STAFF USE ONLYP Approved for Issuance By: Date: PERMITNO.: Total Permit Fee:$ ,City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Date 3/06/19 Property Address . . . . . . 1210 N BROADWAY ST HCAD Number: 027-083-000-0011 Alternate Search Method: Application type description NEW, COMMERCIAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . NEBRASKA SYNDICATE Property Use . . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . IND - LIGHT Application valuation . . . . 2523200 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Type of Work SITE/UNDERGROUND/FOUNDATION ONLY;NEW LAB WAREHOUSE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING GALLANT BUILDERS, LLC. PO BOX 4018 6990 PORTWEST DRIVE, SUITE 170 HOUSTON TX 772104018 HOUSTON TX 77024 (713) 817-6234 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . NON-COMBUSTIBLE II Occupancy Type . . . ". . . BUSINESS Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE AE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT PLUMBING ��►�� (] Additional desc 4ESEWER & WATER PIPING TO B DG_7 Permit pin number . 589921 Sub Contractor SLACK & CO CONTRACTING, INC. Sub Contractor *GOWAN, INC. Permit Fee . . . . 30.00 Plan Check Fee .00 Issue Date . . . . 2/28/19 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date . . 8/27/1.9 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 15.00 1.00 7.5000 EA PL - SEWER-NEW,REPAIR,REPLACE 7.50 1.00 7.5000 EA PL - WATER PIPE/TREATING EQUIP 7.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 28, 2019 8:30:19 AM lapovfl. COMMERCIAL ADDITION PERMIT NOTES 1. All NEW development must obtain a water account through the City of La Porte Water Department @ 281-470-5020, prior to Building Permit issuance. 2. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROVED PLANS,.INSPECTIONS. City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Special Notes and Comments 3. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ATTACHED FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS IF APPLICABLE. 4. OWNER / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) AS REQUIRED. S. THIS BUILDING PERMIT APPROVED SUBJECT TO CITY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITH RED LINES, PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS & CERTIFIED SITE PLAN & INSPECTIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO CALLING IN FOR A FOUNDATION PRE -POUR INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FINAL ELEVATION CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, AS REQUIRED BY CITY OF LA PORTE FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FLOOD ZONES IF APPLICABLE. 8. IF ANY FILL DIRT IS BROUGHT ONTO THE SITE OTHER THAN INSIDE THE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, A SEPARATE FILL DIRT PERMIT IS REQUIRED 9. ANY FUTURE REMODEL OR BUILDOUT OF OFFICE SPACE REQUIRES SEPARATE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. 10. SEPARATE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING & MECHANICAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR ANY RELATED WORK. 11. ANY NEW OR PROPOSED SIGNAGE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY SIGNAGE. 12. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK IS COVERED. 13. FINAL ENERGY CODE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED FROM ICC CERTIFIED 3RD PARTY ENERGY CODE INSPECTOR BEFORE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION IF APPLICABLE. 14. ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED SET OF PLANS OR APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE INSPECTIONS DIVISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CHANGES IN THE FIELD. Page 2 Date 3/06/19 City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 Application Number . . . . . 19-00000119 Special Notes and Comments 15. SEPARATE IRRIGATION PLANS AND PERMIT REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. IRRIGATION PLANS REQUIRED TO BE SEALED BY A TEXAS STATE LICENSED IRRIGATOR. 16. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE 2011 NEC HARDWIRED AND INTERCONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. 17. GFCI RECEPTACLES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE 2011 NEC FOR THE KITCHEN COUNTER TOPS AND BATHROOMS WHERE REQUIRED. 18. ALL AREAS INTENDED TO BE UTILIZED FOR PARKING SPACE AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE SURFACED WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE TO CONTROL DUST AND DRAINAGE. 19. DOMESTIC WATER METER 3 INCH AND LARGER TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 20. DOMESTIC WATERS SHALL BE A NEPTUNE TRU/FLO COMPOUND EQUIPPED WITH E-CODER R900 I REGISTER. 21. THE DOMESTIC WATER METERS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH CITY S AUTOMATED METER READING EQUIPMENT. 22. THIS WORK IS FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND WORK ONLY. Page 3 Date 3/06/19 Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due --------------------------------------------------------- Permit Fee Total 30.00 30.00 .00 .00 Plan Check Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Grand Total 30.00 30.00 .00 .00 (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DATE City of La Porte Planning &Development Department Phone: 281.470.5073 604 W. Fairmont Pkwy. Fax: 281.470.5005 La Porte, TX 77571 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION PLUMBING www.laportetx.gov 1. PROJECT INFORMATION: DATE OF SUBMITTAL: 3/06/19 PROJECT ADDRESS (if existing): 1212 N. Broadway St. La Porte, TX. 77571 DESCRIBEWORK: Underground Plumbing STAND ALONE PERMIT?: ® YES NO (PROVIDE BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER(: 1 9-000001 19 NOTE: STORM SEWER REQUIRES A CITY CERTIFIED SITE PLAN, CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND A COMPLETE PLUMBING PERMIT APPLICATION PERMIT ISSUE FEE (MINIMUM PERMIT FEE $20.00) FEE $15.00 QUANTITYITEM 1 $15.00 Fixtures, Drains & Traps $3.75/Ea. 23 86.25 Sewer (New, Repair, or Replacement) $7.50/Ea. Septic Tank, Seepage Pit, Drain Field $15.00/Ea. Water Heater $3.75/Ea. Gas Piping System (1 to 4 Outlets = Flat Fee) $7.50 Gas Piping System (Over 4 Outlets) $1.50/Ea. Water Piping and/or Water Treating Equipment (Installation, Alteration, or Repair) $7.50/Ea. Drain or Vent Repair/Alteration $7.50/Ea. Vacuum Breaker/Backflow Protection (1-5) $3.75/Ea. Vacuum Breaker/Backflow Protection (over 5) $2.25/Ea. 2. PROPERTY OWNER CONTACT INFORMATION: OWNER'SNAME: Enterprise Products Operating PHONE: MAILING ADDRESS: PO BOX 4018 Houston, TX. 77210-4018 E-MAIL: 3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR: ®'HOMEOWNER IS CONTRACTOR AGENT/ CONTRACTOR COMPANY: Gowan, Inc. PHONE 1: 713-696-5400 PHONE 2: 713-696-5459 E-MAIL, jcarman@gowaninc.com FAX #: MAILINGADDRESS: 5550 Airline Dr. Houston, TX. 77076 CONTACTPERSON'S NAME: Juan Medina PHONE: 832-250-0578 4. APPLICATION CHECKLIST & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION (Check applicable boxes): *If Homeowner is Contractor, M COMPLETE ITEMS 1 THRU 4 OF PERMIT APPUCATION must furnish notarized NOTES TO APPLICANT: Homestead Affidavit • NOT A VAUD PERMIT UNTIL OWNER/CONTRACTOR 15 NOTIFIED OF APPROVAL AND ALL APPLICABLE FEES ARE PAID IN FULL • MASTER LICENSE & INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE CURRENT WITH STATE OF TEXAS & CITY OF LA PORTE • TO REGISTER, SUBMIT CURRENT MASTER LICENSE & INSURANCE (WITH CITY NAME & ADDRESS AS CERTIFICATE HOLDER). NO FEE REQUIRED. • REINSPECTION FEE=$35.00 APPLICANT PRINTED NAME: ,lames Carman (FOR STAFF USE ONLY): Approved Date: PERMIT Total Permit Glass, Richard From: " Glass, Richard Sent: Friday, February 15, 2019 2:11 PM To: jmgonzales@eprod.com; 'Sean Sachtleben' Subject: 1210 N. Broadway Permit #19-119 REVIEW 2 COMMENTS Good afternoon, Please see link for review two (2) of the BUILDING PERMIT for 1210 N. Broadway. https://Iai)ortetx-my.sharepoint.com/:b:/g/personal/glassr laportetx goy/EU6izNSIBvVHIOLza- UCtioBg8gn6UVFNgirJfmNrGK85g?e=V7zMzP Thank you, Richard Glass, CFM Plans Examiner City of La Porte Planning & Development Phone: 281-470-5075 glassr@laportetx.gov Glass, Richard From: Glass, Richard Sent: Friday, February 8, 2019 1:27 PM To: 'Josh Gallet'; Huber, Mark; Wingate, Lorenzo; Clowes, Ian; Stewart, Chase Cc: ssachtleben@gallantbuilders.com; John Kaufman; Jonathan Shaw; Rando Maximos; 'briana@gallantbuilders.com' Subject: RE: Enterprise Products - Building Permit Applications Mr. Gallet and Mr. Maximos, I just wanted to clear up some confusion on Site Plan and Building Permit issues. In order for me to approve the Building Permits to permit any of the site work, we need the revisions resubmitted and reviewed and approved. We spoke yesterday about those plans being resubmitted which would lead to permit issuance. The approved site plan is a requirement for building permit approval which is what is needed for site work to begin. Also, looking at our records, Mr. Wingate sent out requests for revisions concerning the Flood Plain Development, Fill Dirt, and Storm Water Quality on January 22, 2019 which are also still outstanding and not approved. This would also be required to be approved before any site work can begin. I've cc'ed Mr. Wingate and Mr. Clowes in this email chain in case they have any input to this. Thank you, Richard Glass, CFM Plans Examiner City of La Porte Planning & Development Phone: 281-470-5075 glassr@ la portetx.gov From: Josh Gallet [mailto:JoshG@kirksey.com] Sent: Thursday, February 7, 2019 7:44 PM To: Glass, Richard <GlassR@]aportetx.gov>; Huber, Mark<HuberM@laportetx.gov> Cc: ssachtleben@gallantbuilders.com; John Kaufman <jkaufman@kirksey.com>; Jonathan Shaw <jonathan@gallantbuilders.com>; Rando Maximos <Rando@gallantbuilders.com> Subject: Re: Enterprise Products - Building Permit Applications Will do. Thank you for the input. Josh Gallet, AIA, NCARB Senior Associate Kirksey I Architecture 6909 Portwest Drive I Houston Texas 77024 1 www.kirksey.com o 713 426 7526 1 loshg@kirksey.com Sent from my Whone From: Glass, Richard <glassr@laportetx.gov> Sent: Thursday, February 7, 2019 3:21 PM To: Josh Gallet; Huber, Mark Cc: ssachtleben@gallantbuilders.com; John Kaufman; Jonathan Shaw; Rando Maximos Subject: RE: Enterprise Products - Building Permit Applications Mr. Gallet, This is perfect. For the addendums, just as a reminder, we will need two sets of the revised pages that are being resubmitted. Thank you, Richard Glass, CFM Plans Examiner City of La Porte Planning & Development Phone: 281-470-5075 glassr@laPortetx.gov From: Josh Gallet [mailto:JoshG@kirksev.coml Sent: Thursday, February 7, 2019 11:50 AM To: Glass, Richard <GlassR@laportetx.gov>; Huber, Mark <HuberM@laportetx.goy> Cc: ssachtleben@gallantbuilders.com: John Kaufman <Ikaufman@kirksey.com>; Jonathan Shaw <JonathanCcpgallantbuilders.com>; Rando Maximos <Rando@gallantbuilders.com> Subject: RE: Enterprise Products - Building Permit Applications Good morning Richard, I wanted to follow up with you on our upcoming permit submissions for this project, and how we propose to prepare the packages for submission. Please don't hesitate to call or email if you're looking for something different. Package 1: Building A Site/Underground/Foundation - Addendum No. 01: (no new building permit application will be submitted, originally submitted content will not be re -issued — only revised content will be provided) Building A: 1212 N Broadway St, LaPorte, TX 77571 City Permit No. 19-120 Package 2: Building B Site/Underground/Foundation - Addendum No. 01: (no new building permit application will be submitted, originally submitted content will not be re -issued — only revised content will be provided) Building B: 1210 N Broadway St, LaPorte, TX 77571 City Permit No. 19-119 Package 3: Issue for Permit Building A (A new building permit application will be submitted, this package will include all content other than site/underground/foundation which is issued under the previous application) Building A: 1212 N Broadway St, LaPorte, TX 77571 City Permit No. TBD Package 4: Issue for Permit Building b (A new building permit application will be submitted, this package will include all content other than site/underground/foundation which is issued under the previous application) Building A: 1210 N Broadway St, LaPorte, TX 77571 City Permit No. TBD Josh Gallet, AIA, NCARB Senior Associate Kirksey I Architecture 6909 Portwest Drive I Houston Texas 77024 1 www.kirksev.com o 713 426 7626 1 loshgCcDkirksev.com From: Glass, Richard fmailto:GlassR@laportetx.sov] Sent: Friday, January 18, 2019 8:27 AM To: Josh Gallet <JoshG@kirksey.com>; Huber, Mark <HuberM@Iaportetx.Bov> Cc: ssachtleben@eallantbuilders.com; John Kaufman <Ikaufman@kirksev.com>; Jonathan Shaw <lonathan@eallantbuilders.com> Subject: RE: Enterprise Products - Building Permit Applications Good morning, I have attached the other permits that you will need with your submittal package. Thank you, Richard Glass, CFM Plans Examiner City of La Porte Planning & Development Phone: 281-470-5075 glassr@laportetx.eov From: Josh Gallet imailto:loshG@kirksey.com] Sent: Thursday, January 17, 2019 4:53 PM To: Huber, Mark <HuberM@laportetx.gov>; Glass, Richard <GlassR@laportetx.gov> Cc: ssachtleben@gallantbuilders.com; John Kaufman <lkaufman@kirksev.com>; Jonathan Shaw <ionathan@gallantbuilders.com> Subject: Enterprise Products - Building Permit Applications Good afternoon Mark and Ricard, Other than the building permit, are we required to submit any of the other permit applications listed on your website? Note that the site permitting process is underway with Chase and Ian, and other engineering permitting has been undertaken with Lorenzo, and those respective applications have been sent in. We're planning on submitting a site, underground, and foundation packages for permitting tomorrow for two of the buildings at the referenced project site. Please let me know if we are to submit any applications in addition to the building permit application. Project Address: Building B -1210 N Broadway St. (Warehouse/Lab Building) Building A - 1212 N Broadway St. (Admin Office Building) La Porte, TX 77571 Thanks for your assistance Josh Gallet, AIA, NCARB Senior Associate Kirksey I Architecture 6909 Portwest Drive I Houston Texas 77024 1 www.kirksey.com o 7134267526 1 ioshara)kirksev.com Houston + Austin Development Permits & Applications PLANNING & PRE - DEVELOPMENT SITE PLAN & PLATTING ENGINEERING DESIGN CODE & REOUIREMENTS SITE PREPARATION PERMITTING INSPECTION OTHER Permitting & Inspections I c o Building Permit Application (PDF) `LI L'iX Nj� 1 o Building Permit Fees (PDF) o Commercial Commercial Building Permit Checklist (PDF)Checklist (PDF) o Building Permil Application Electrical (PDF) 4� o Fire Permit Application (PDF) o Flood Plain Development Permit Application (PDF) o Franchisee Right -of -Way Permit Application (PDF) n o Building Application Mechanical o Mechanical Permit Fees (PDF) o Pipeline Permil Application & Ordinance (PDF) o Building Permit Plumbing Application (PDF) o Residential Building Permit Checklist (PDF) o Residential Utility Tie -On Form (PDF) o Roofing Permit Application (PDF) o Storm Water Quality Permit Application (PDF) o Storm Water Quality Renewal Permit (PDF) o Zoning Permit Application (PDF) o Demolition Permit Application o Donation Collection Bin Permit Application o Bacidlow Device Testing Form 2018 Fillable k Houston * Austin Kirksey ARCHITECTURE 8 February 2019 TO City of LaPorte Building Permits 8 Inspections Attn: Mr. Richard Glass, Mr. Mark Huber 604 W Fairmont Parkway La Porte, TX 77571 VIA Hand, (Gallant Builders) FES I z ZW PROJECT Enterprise Morgans Point Lab Admin. Warehouse Buildings, 2018125.101 FROM Joshua F. Gallet, AIA, NCARB SUBJECT City Permit Documents REMARKS DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS Package 2: (2 hardcopies, 1 thumb drive) Building B Site/Underground/Foundation - Addendum No. 01: (no new building permit application is being submitted, originally submitted content is not being re -issued — only revised content is being provided) Building B: 1210 N Broadway St, LaPorte, TX 77571 City Permit No. 19.119 6909 Portwest Drive Houston Texas 77024 713 850 9600 Kirkssy.com transmittal Page is too large to OCR. FEB 122019 Kirksey RRCRITECTV RE 6909 Portwest Drive ,mot Houston Texas 77024 f I Package 2: Building B Site/Underground/Foundation - Addendum No. 01. (no new building permit application will be submitted, originally submitted content will not be re -issued — only revised content will be provided) Building B: 1210 N Broadway St, LaPorte, TX 77571 0 City Permit No. 19-119 77c Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. Page is too large to OCR. ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 210517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 3. Grout. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. C. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.2 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems. Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. ARUP 210517 - 1 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.3 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Non -shrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength- D. Packaging: Pre -mixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." E. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. A. SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: ARUP 210517 - 2 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Cast-iron wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system, or galvanized -steel - pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION ARUP 210517 - 3 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 211313 - WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Sprinklers. 4. Alarm devices. 5. Pressure gages. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 211119 "Fire Department Connections" for flush --type fire department connections. 2. Section 230523 "General -Duty Valves for Water -Based Fire -Suppression Piping" for ball, butterfly, check, gate, post -indicator, and trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175-psig maximum. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: ARUP 211313 - 1 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. C. D. E. F. G. 1.6 A. 1.7 A. 1.8 A. 1.1 1. Domestic water piping. 2. HVAC refrigerant piping. 3. Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets- 4. HVAC ductwork. 5. Electrical conduit. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. Welding certificates. Fire -hydrant flow test report. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." Field quality -control reports. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Operation and Maintenance Data: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall -mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations assuming de -coupled, non -pressured fire water tank with water level at 10'-0" above finished floor. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. ARUP 211313 - 2 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN - ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. 2.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with the following: Standard -Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design wet -pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. a. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water -service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. b. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: 1) Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 2) Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 3) General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 4) Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1 5) Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. 2. Minimum Density for Automatic -Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light -Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. 3. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: According to UL listing. 4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: a. Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft. b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft. C. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated. STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS Standard -Weight, Galvanized- and Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B . Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. Galvanized- and Black -Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard -weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. Galvanized- and [Uncoated -Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865/A 865M, threaded. Galvanized and [Uncoated, Gray -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. Malleable- or Ductile -Iron Unions: UL 860. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. 1. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free or EPDM rubber gasket. ARUP 211313 - 3 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 a. Class 125 and Class 250, Cast -Iron, Flat -Face Flanges: Full -face gaskets. b. Class 150 and Class 300, Ductile -Iron or -Steel, Raised -Face Flanges: Ring -type gaskets. 2. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. G. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H. Grooved -Joint, Steel -Pipe Appurtenances: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. National Fittings, Inc. C. Shurioint Pipina Products USA Inc. d. Tyco Fire Products LP e. Victaulic Company 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Painted Grooved -End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable -iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile -iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4. Grooved -End -Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel -pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.3 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating: Standard -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. D. Size: Same as connected piping. E. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Alarm Valves: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). C. Tvco Fire Products LP. d. Victaulic Company. e. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 193. 3. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 4. Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, retarding chamber, and fill -line attachment with strainer. 5. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves and separate from main drain piping. ARUP 211313 - 4 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 6. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. G. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). b. Tyco Fire Products LP. 2. Standard: UL 1726. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 5. Size: NIPS 3/4. 6. End Connections: Threaded. 2.4 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Branch Outlet Fittings: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. National Fittings, Inc. C. Shurloint Piping Products USA Inc. d. Tyco Fire Products LP. e. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 213. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Ductile -iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts. 5. Type: Mechanical -tee and -cross fittings. 6. Configurations: Snap -on and strapless, ductile -iron housing with branch outlets. 7. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. 8. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain -end pipe, or threaded. B. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. b. Tyco Fire Products LP. C. Victaulic Company 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded or grooved. C. Branch Line Testers: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. b. Fire -End & Croker Corporation- C. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. ARUP 211313 - 5 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Brass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet: Threaded. 7. Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped. 8. Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler. D. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Triple R Specialty. b. Tyco Fire Products LP. C. Victaulic Company. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with sight glass. Size: Same as connected piping. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. E. Adjustable Drop Nipples: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aegis Technologies, Inc. b. CECA, LLC. C. Corcoran Piping System Co. d. Merit Manufacturing. Standard: UL 1474. Pressure Rating: 250-psig minimum. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM-rubber O-ring seals. Size: Same as connected piping. Length: Adjustable. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. 2.5 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 2. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). 3. Tyco Fire Products LP. 4. Victaulic Company. 5. Viking Corporation. B. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." C. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. D. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat -Responsive Element: 1. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 2. 3. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. ARUP 211313-6 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.6 E. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated, bronze, and painted. F. Special Coatings: Wax and corrosion -resistant paint. G. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed -type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Plastic, white finish, one piece, flat. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. H. Sprinkler Guards: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. b. Tyco Fire Products LP. C. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm -device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Water -Flow Indicators: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ADT Security Services. Inc. b. McDonnell & Miller. C. Potter Electric Signal Company. LLC. d. System Sensor. e. Viking Corporation. f. Watts; A Watts Water Technologies Company. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Water -Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Two single -pole, double -throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory -set, field -adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 5. Type: Paddle operated. 6. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 7. Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical. C. Pressure Switches: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company. LLC. b. System Sensor. C. Tyco Fire Products LP. d. United Electric Controls Co. e. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised water -flow switch with retard feature. 4. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. ARUP 211313-7 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 5. Design Operation: Rising pressure signals water flow. D. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell International company. b. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc- C. Potter Electric Signal Company. LLC. d. System Sensor. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 6. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.7 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AMETEK, Inc. 2. Ashcroft Inc. 3. Brecco Corporation. 4. WIKA Instrument Corporation. B. Standard: UL 393. C. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. D. Pressure Gage Range: 0- to 250-psig minimum. E. Label: Include "WATER" label on dial face. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIRE WATER -SUPPLY CONNECTIONS A. Connect sprinkler piping to building's interior Comply with requirements for interior piping in Section 211200 "Fire Suppression Standpipes." B. Install shutoff valve, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water - distribution piping. C. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gage, and drain at connection to water supply. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. ARUP 211313 - 8 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. E. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections- F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. H. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes. I. Install alarm devices in piping systems. J. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. K. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft -metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal and install where they are not subject to freezing. L. Fill sprinkler system piping with water M. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire -Suppression Piping." N. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire -Suppression Piping." O. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 210518 "Escutcheons for Fire -Suppression Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections- D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME 1331.9. ARUP 211313 - 9 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 131.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged- H. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for galvanized - steel pipe. Steel -Piping, Cut -Grooved Joints: Cut square -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe joints. 3.4 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire -protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water -supply connection. D. Specialty Valves: 1. Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Install alarm valves with bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain -line connection. 3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install dry -type sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet -type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. ARUP 211313 - 10 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 5. Coordinate with fire -alarm tests. Operate as required. 6. Coordinate with fire -pump tests. Operate as required. 7. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. B. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. C. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with cut- or roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 2. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. 3.11 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications: 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers. B. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated. 1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory -painted white cover plate. 2. Uprig htSprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. END OF SECTION ARUP 211313 - 11 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 220517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 3. Grout. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. C. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.2 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. ARUP 220517 - 1 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.3 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Non -shrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength- D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." E. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. A. SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: ARUP 220517 - 2 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Cast-iron wall sleeves. 2. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Galvanized -steel wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping (All Pipe Sizes): Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. 4. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION ARUP 220517 - 3 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 221116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Under -building -slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, and fittings inside buildings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. System purging and disinfecting activities report. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than seven (7) days in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2. Do not interrupt water service without Owner's written permission. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. Potable -water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61 Annex G. Plastic piping components shall be marked with "NSF-pw." 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. ARUP 221116 - 1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K water tube, annealed temper. C. Wrought -Copper, Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. D. Copper Unions: 1. MSS SP-123. 2. Cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces. 4. Solder -joint or threaded ends. 2.3 DUCTILE -IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Push -on -Joint, Ductile -Iron Pipe: 1. AWWA C151/A21.51. 2. Push -on -joint bell and plain spigot end. B. Standard -Pattern, Push -on -Joint Fittings: 1. AWWA C110/A21.10, ductile or gray iron. 2. Gaskets: AWWA C111/A21.11, rubber. 2.4 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. B. Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable. 2.5 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. C. Sleeve -Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser, Inc. C. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. d. Viking Johnson. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: ARUP 221116 - 2 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. HART Industrial Unions, LLC. b. Jomar Valve. C. Matco-Norca. d. Watts: a Watts Water Technologies company. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1079. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 1. J. K. L. M. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." Install ductile -iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve inside the building at each domestic water -service entrance. Comply with requirements for drain valves and strainers in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. Install piping to permit valve servicing. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. ARUP 221116 - 3 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 N. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. O. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Section 221123 "Domestic Water Pumps." P. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 131.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Joints for Dissimilar -Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: 1. Fittings for NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting -type coupling. 2. Fittings for NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve -type coupling. 3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger, support products, and installation in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." ARUP 221116 - 4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, copper clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. F. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold -water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot -water -supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that required by plumbing code. 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot -water -supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: ARUP 221116 - 5 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Piping Inspections: Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: 1) Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures. 2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements. C. Re -inspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for re -inspection. d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Piping Tests: a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. C. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: ARUP 221116 - 6 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA 6652 or follow procedures described below: Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Clean non -potable domestic water piping as follows: Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below: Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water -sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. 3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Under -building -slab, domestic water, building -service piping, shall be the following: Push -on -joint, ductile -iron pipe; standard -pattern, push -on -joint fittings; and gasketed joints. C. Aboveground domestic water piping, high pressure applications (all sizes), shall be the following: Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought -copper, solder -joint fittings; and brazed and soldered joints. A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. ARUP 221116 - 7 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN -ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 END OF SECTION ARUP 221116 - 8 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe fittings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.3 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. B. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310. ARUP 221316 - 1 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2. Description: Stainless -steel corrugated shield with stainless -steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. C. Cast -Iron, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Standard: ASTM C 1277. 2. Description: Two-piece ASTM A 48/A 48M, cast-iron housing; stainless -steel bolts and nuts; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 2.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF -sewer" for plastic sewer piping. B. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. D. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656. E. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 2.5 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 2. Unshielded, Non -pressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C 1173. b. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve -type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. C. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. d. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Cast -Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. 2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 3. Shielded, Non -pressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C 1460. b. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion -resistant outer shield and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. C. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined- B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. Dielectric Unions: a. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. ARUP 221316 - 2 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3) End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 2. Dielectric Nipples: a. Description: 1) Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 2) Electroplated steel nipple_ 3) Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F 4) End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5) Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTH MOVING A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. 1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. 2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install piping to allow application of insulation. I. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. 1. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. 2. Use long -turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. a. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. 3. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. 4. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. ARUP 221316 - 3 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 a. Reducing size of waste piping in direction of flow is prohibited. J. Lay buried building waste piping beginning at low point of each system. 1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. 2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. 3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. K. Install soil and waste and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Waste: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Waste Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack- L. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." M. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321. N. Plumbing Specialties: Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary waste gravity -flow piping. a. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage piping. b. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install drains in sanitary waste gravity -flow piping. a. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." O. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. P. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." Q. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. ARUP 221316 - 4 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. Plastic, Non -pressure -Piping, Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 appendixes. C. Transition Couplings: Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in ODs. In Waste Drainage Piping: Unshielded, non -pressure transition couplings. D. Dielectric Fittings: Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" and Section 220548.13 "Vibration Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install carbon -steel pipe hangers for horizontal and vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. Install carbon -steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. NPS 4: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. ARUP 221316 - 5 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 C. Connect waste and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect waste piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures, Equipment, and Specialties: Connect waste and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction and plumbing code. 3. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. B. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Re -inspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for re -inspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary waste and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. a. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced waste and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test waste and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing -in. a. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10- foot head of water. b. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. C. Inspect joints for leaks. ARUP 221316 - 6 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. a. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. b. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. C. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. d. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect sanitary waste and vent piping during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water -based latex paint. E. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by waste and vent piping installation. 3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground, soil, waste, and vent piping (All Sizes) shall be the following: Aboveground, vent piping NIPS 4 and smaller shall be hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless piping couplings; and coupled joints. B. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping (All Sizes) shall be the following: Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. END OF SECTION ARUP 221316 - 7 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 221319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Through -penetration firestop assemblies. 3. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sanitary waste piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTIONS A. Sanitary waste piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Cast -Iron Exposed Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Company. C. MIFAB, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 4. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. B. Cast -Iron Exposed Floor Cleanouts: ARUP 221319 - 1 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.3 2.4 C. A. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Company. C. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc. 2. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M for heavy-duty, adjustable housing cleanout. 3. Size: Same as connected branch. 4. Type: Heavy-duty, adjustable housing. 5. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 6. Clamping Device: Required. 7. Outlet Connection: Threaded. 8. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. 9. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 10. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel -bronze, copper alloy. 11. Frame and Cover Shape: Square. 12. Top Loading Classification: Extra Heavy Duty. 13. Riser: ASTM A 74, Extra -Heavy class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. Cast -Iron Wall Cleanouts: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Company. C. MIFAB.Inc. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M. Include wall access. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. Closure Plug: a. Brass. b. Countersunk head. C. Drilled and threaded for cover attachment screw. d. Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome -plated brass or stainless -steel cover plate with screw. THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES Through -Penetration Firestop Assemblies: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: ProSet Systems Inc. Standard: UL 1479 assembly of sleeve -and -stack fitting with firestopping plug. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent stack. Sleeve: Cast iron, of length to match slab thickness and with integral nailing flange on one end for installation in cast -in -place concrete slabs. Special Coating: Corrosion resistant on interior of fittings. MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Floor -Drain or Floor Sink, Trap Guard: ARUP 221319 - 2 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1. Description: ASSE Standard 1072; barrier type floor drain trap seal protection device. 2. Size: Same as floor drain or floor sink. B. Vent Caps: 1. Description: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal -proof design. Include vented hood and setscrews to secure to vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. C. Expansion Joints: 1. Standard: ASME Al 12.6.4. 2. Body: Cast iron with bronze sleeve, packing, and gland. 3. End Connections: Matching connected piping. 4. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: 1. Comply with requirements for vibration -isolation devices specified in Section 220548.13 "Vibration Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. C. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. D. Install through -penetration firestop assemblies in cast iron conductors and stacks at floor penetrations. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." E. Install floor -drain, trap -seal protection device at floor drain opening. 1. Size: Same as floor drain inlet. F. Install sleeve and sleeve seals with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. G. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. H. Install expansion joints on vertical stacks and conductors, and where required to mitigate contact with expansive soil. Position expansion joints for easy access and maintenance. ARUP 221319 - 3 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. 1. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION ARUP 221319 - 4 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 221319.13 - SANITARY DRAINS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor drains. 2. Trench drains 3. Floor Sinks. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DRAIN ASSEMBLIES A. Sanitary drains shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. 2.2 FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS A. Cast -Iron Floor Drains: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Company. C. MIFAB.Inc. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME Al 12.6.3. 3. Pattern: Floor drain. 4. Body Material: Gray iron. 5. Seepage Flange: Required. 6. Anchor Flange: Required. 7. Clamping Device: Not required. 8. Outlet: Bottom. 9. Backwater Valve: Not required. 10. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Acid -resistant enamel. 11. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 12. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. ARUP 221319.13 -1 SANITARY DRAINS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN - ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B 13. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze. 14. Top Shape: Round. 15. Top Loading Classification: Heavy Duty. 16. Funnel: Not required. 17. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 18. Trap Material: Cast iron. 19. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap. 20. Trap Features: Not required. Cast -Iron Floor Sinks Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Company. C. MIFAB, Inc. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME Al12.6.3. 3. Pattern: Floor Sink. 4. Body Material: Gray iron. 5. Seepage Flange: Required. 6. Anchor Flange: Required. 7. Clamping Device: Not required. 8. Outlet: Bottom. 9. Backwater Valve: Not required. 10. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: 11. Sediment Bucket: As required. 12. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. 13. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze. 14. Top Shape: Square. 15. Funnel: Not required. 16. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 17. Trap Material: Cast iron. 18. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap. 19. Trap Features: Not required. 2.3 TRENCH DRAINS A. Trench Drains: Acid -resistant enamel. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Company. C. MIFAB, Inc. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME Al 12.6.3 for trench drains. 3. Material: Ductile or gray iron. 4. Flange: Anchor. 5. Clamping Device: Not required. 6. Outlet: Bottom. 7. Grate Material: Stainless steel. 8. Grate Finish: Not required. 9. Dimensions of Frame and Grate: As scheduled. 10. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. 11. Trap Material: Not required. 12. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap. ARUP 221319.13 - 2 SANITARY DRAINS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. 3. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope. C. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch total depression. 4. Install floor -drain flashing collar or flange, so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. a. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 5. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. B. Install trench drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. 1. Set grates of drains flush with finished surface, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Comply with requirements in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties" for miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. C. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION ARUP 221319.13 - 3 SANITARY DRAINS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 260000 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS l9i1:iiQ04,11 M1111 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following electrical materials and methods to complement other Division 26 sections: 1. Record drawings. 2. Sequencing, scheduling, and coordination. 3. Required submittals, format and reviews. 4. Operation and maintenance manuals. 5. Building wire, connectors, and splices for branch circuits and feeders. 6. Supporting devices for electrical components. 7. Concrete equipment bases. 8. Electrical identification. 9. Electrical demolition. 10. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 11. Touchup painting. B. The approximate locations of electrical items are indicated on the Drawings. The Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details of locations of outlets, apparatus, etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building, and will in all cases be subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost. C. Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on the Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. 1.3 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract, Division 01 Specification Sections, and Division 26 Section 26 0000 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods". B. Product Data for each type of product specified. C. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication and installation of supports and anchorage for electrical items. D. Samples of color, lettering style, and other graphic representation required for each identification product for Project. E. Individual submittals are required for, but not limited to, the following items: Conductors and Cables. Raceways and Boxes Wiring Devices Identification Materials and Methods Panelboards ARUP 260000 - 1 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1.4 6. Dry Type Transformers 7. Disconnect Switches and Enclosed Circuit Breakers 8. Fuses 9. Motor Controllers 10. Transfer Switches 11. Interior Lighting: Fixtures, Ballasts, Lamps 12. Exterior Lighting: Fixtures, Ballasts, Poles, Lamps 13. Lighting Contactors, Time Switches, Photocells, Occupancy Sensors SUBMITTAL FORMAT A. Within thirty (30) days after Notice to Proceed, the Subcontractor shall submit to the Engineer, a list of all equipment required by the Contract Documents and the respective manufacturers to be furnished. B. Within thirty (30) days after the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall have submitted a minimum of eight (8) copies of shop drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The terms "Submittal" and "Shop Drawing" in this Specification are defined as either product literature, samples of equipment or actual shop drawings. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Engineer within the above thirty (30) day period. The Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive shop drawing review time where the submittal is received after the thirty (30) day time limit. The Architect & Engineer will each retain one (1) copy of all shop drawing submittals for their files. The balance shall be returned to the contractor for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manuals specified herein. C. Where full size drawings are involved, submit two (2) prints and one (1) reproducible in lieu of eight (8) sets. D. The Contractor shall prepare complete submittals that include all pertinent information about the product. A single shop drawing shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but a single Specification section may be subdivided into separate submittals for items or equipment that are specified in that section. Shop drawings shall be separately bound by complete or partial Specification section. Where a single shop drawing contains information from more than one Specification section, it will be marked "REJECTED AS NOTED" and returned. Each shop drawing shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder: A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the Specification section number applicable to the item or items submitted, the item nomenclature and description and a submittal number. Electrical submittals shall be numbered sequentially E001, E002, ...; respectively. Re -submittals shall be numbered with the original submittal number plus *R1, *R2, ... suffix (e.g. the re -submittals of submittal E001 would be E001*R1, E001*R2, ...). An index page with a listing of all data included in the submittal. A list of variations. This page shall list all variations, including unfurnished or additional items or features between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "No Variations". Where variations affect the work of other contractors, then the contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting contractor. Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size, performance and capacity data, all applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. Dimensional data and actual sketches as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. Any non - applicable information shall be crossed out. Additional information as required in other sections of this Division. ARUP 260000 - 2 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 9. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated. E. Shop drawings that do not comply with the above requirements will be marked "REJECTED AS NOTED" and returned to the Contractor. F. Refer to Division 01 for additional information on shop drawing submittals. G. Contractors wishing to substitute products, materials or methods from those indicated or specified, shall submit such requests to the Architect/Engineer in writing at least SEVEN (7) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO NOTICE TO PROCEED. Requests for permission to make substitutions will not be considered after that time. The Engineer will investigate such requests for substitution and if acceptable will issue a letter allowing the substitution. H. This prior substitution process, for the protection of the subcontractor, is recommended to occur prior to submission of bids. Any anticipated use of a non specified product without the approval of the Engineer is strictly the risk of the subcontractor. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. Requests shall be bound and shall consist of two (2) sets of descriptive literature and performance data covering each item of equipment or material. The submittal shall include the following: Name of the individuals or company originating the submittal. Name of the project for which the submittal is made. An index page of the items submitted. A written list of variations between the specified product and the submitted product. Sufficient information, including sketches, as required to demonstrate that the substituted product will fit in the space available. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements shall be so indicated. All non -applicable information shall be crossed out. K. Provide upon request of the Architect/Engineer, samples of materials and/or equipment as may be required. The Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions and if accepted, will issue an Addendum or letter allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by prior approval), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades, the Owner or the Architect/Engineer, if any, due to the substitutions. 1.5 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Shop drawings will be reviewed for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Any action shown in review comments is subject to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The submitting Contractor is responsible for: dimensions, which shall be confirmed at the job site; fabrication processes and ARUP 260000 - 3 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 techniques of construction; coordination of his work with that of all other trades; and the satisfactory performance of his work. B. The shop drawing review time in the Engineer's office will be minimum of ten (10) working days per review, exclusive of transmittal time. The Contractor shall consider review time when scheduling work on the project. C. The Architect's review or approval and the Engineer's review of shop drawing shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for errors, omissions, oversights or deviations that may be contained in the submittals. If the Contractor proceeds on the basis of undetected errors, oversights, omissions or deviations in reviewed shop drawings, it shall be at his sole responsibility and the review does not allow deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Where some errors, omissions and deviations are noted in the Engineer's review while other errors, omissions and deviations are overlooked, this does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed based upon the overlooked errors, omissions or deviations. Regardless of any information contained in the shop drawing or the Engineer's review thereof, the Contract Documents shall govern the Work and are neither waived or superseded by the shop drawing review. D. It shall be the responsibility of the submitting Contractor to check all equipment and materials for conformance with the Contract Documents at the time such equipment and materials are delivered to the job site. E. Inadequate or incomplete shop drawings will not be reviewed by the Engineer and will be returned to the Contractor marked "REJECTED AS NOTED" for completion and re -submittal. F. Shop drawings will be marked "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN", "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED AND SUBMIT WRITTEN RESPONSE", "REVISE AND RESUBMIT ENTIRE SUBMITTAL AS NOTED", or "REJECT AS NOTED" when reviewed by the Engineer. The definitions of these terms for review purposes is as follows: 1. NO EXCEPTION TAKEN The shop drawing was reviewed and no deviations from the general conformance with the design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents were noted. 2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED AND SUBMIT WRITTEN RESPONSE The shop drawing was reviewed and found to have either minor deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents or information missing from the submittals. A complete shop drawing re -submittal is not required, however, a written response to all review comments shall be submitted in the format used for a re -submittal. 3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT ENTIRE SUBMITTAL AS NOTED The shop drawing was reviewed and major deviations from general conformance with the design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents were observed as noted. The shop drawing shall be revised to eliminate the deviations noted and resubmitted. 4. REJECTED AS NOTED The shop drawing was reviewed and is not in general conformance with the design concept or in compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents, as noted. A revised shop drawing submittal for the specified equipment or materials shall be resubmitted. G. Division 01 and General conditions requirements concerning shop drawing submittal review are not applicable to this Division. H. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without a "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" shop drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Architect/Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 1.6 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION ARUP 260000 - 4 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 A. Before submitting a bid, it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work an make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings, or for any additional fees to compensate the Contractor for associated costs. 1.7 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission is not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only. B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings, they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality, greater encumbrance or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Engineer for clarification. 1.8 FEES AND PERMITS A. This Contractor shall secure all permits, licenses, and inspections required for his work and shall pay all fees in connection with such permits, licenses, and inspections. 1.9 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall comply with all pertinent National, State, and local codes and ordinances, National Electrical Code (published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70)), as well as any other authorities having jurisdiction pertaining to the work specified. None of the terms or provisions of this Specification shall be construed as waiving any of the rules, regulations, or requirements of these authorities. B. Specifications shall not be construed as waiving any of the rules, regulations, or requirements of these authorities. In the event of conflict between the Contract Documents and the local enforcing authority, the latter shall rule. Any modifications resulting thereof shall be made without additional cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. This Contractor shall report any such modifications to the Architect/Engineer and secure his approval before proceeding. In any instance where the Contract Documents call for materials or methods of construction in excess of or of a better quality or larger size than required by the Codes, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence as long as permitted by the applicable Codes. C. All items of equipment and all materials for which approval standards have been established by Underwriters' Laboratories, American Standard Codes, AMCA, IEEE, and ANSI, and shall be so approved and shall bear approval labels attesting to same. 1.10 DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS A. Should it appear that the work hereby intended to be done or any of the materials relative thereto, is not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Drawings or Specifications, then the Contractor shall apply to the Architect/Engineer for such further drawings or explanations as may be necessary, allowing a reasonable time for the Architect/Engineer to supply them. The Contractor shall conform to them as part of the Contract without additional cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. B. Should any doubt or question arise respecting the true meaning of Drawings or Specifications, reference shall be made to the Architect/Engineer, whose decision shall be final and conclusive. No alleged statement by the Architect/Engineer will be accepted as an excuse for inferior work. ARUP 260000 - 5 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for components and installation. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. The listing of product manufacturers, materials, and methods in the various sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings, is intended to establish a standard of quality. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted for bidding as outlined provided they have equivalent capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution be made without the written approval of the Engineer. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified with no statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Engineer that the specified product, material, or method is the only one that shall be used. Whenever possible, products specified herein shall be obtained locally or through local representatives of manufacturers. In the event a specified product cannot be obtained locally, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing to that effect and state the source from which that equipment can be obtained. CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and schedule date for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submitted at least thirty (30) days before the projected project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submittal. C. Submit four (4) copies of all certifications and test reports to the Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work, to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Bind together, in rigid cover 3-ring binders, three (3) sets of all approved shop drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions, parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference. Bulletins containing information about equipment which is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 26 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda which shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. B. As a minimum, the following information shall be provided as applicable: Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. Approved shop drawing submittals. ARUP 260000 - 6 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B C Equipment and device bulletins and cut sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project. Maintenance instructions clearly highlighted to show all required periodic maintenance. Wiring diagrams. Operating instructions clearly highlighted to show proper operating procedures for all equipment. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner- Refer to Division 01 for additional information on Operating and Maintenance Manuals. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Architect/Engineer a minimum of fourteen (14) working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. RECORD DRAWINGS The Contractor shall maintain a set of clearly marked "black line" RECORD DRAWING prints on the job site on which he shall mark all work details, alterations to meet site conditions and changes made by "Change Order" notices. The use of "black line" prints is required to distinguish the "RECORD DRAWINGS" from any typical drawing issue, which is a "blue line" print. These shall be kept available for inspection by the Owner or Architect/Engineer at all times. The RECORD DRAWINGS shall be updated on a daily basis and shall indicate any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. D. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall transfer all marks from the field maintained RECORD DRAWINGS to a set of reproducible sepia "RECORD DRAWINGS" using red pencil and shall submit the reproducible drawings and three (3) sets of black line prints to the Architect/Engineer for review within 30 days of completion of the work. E. The reproducible RECORD DRAWINGS shall have the Engineers Name and Seal removed or blacked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: 1.15 U11 1.16 A. CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) MEASUREMENTS This Contractor shall, before ordering any material, verify dimensions of Drawings. This Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements, and correctness and propriety of material provided to fulfill the requirements. No extra charge will be allowed on account of any failures on his part to do so. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS Unless noted otherwise, all equipment and materials shall be installed, connected, adjusted, tested and used in accordance with printed manufacturer's recommendations and shall include all accessories ARUP 260000 - 7 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 required for normal operation. Copies of manufacturer's recommendations shall be made available if required. 1.17 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate electrical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for electrical installations- C. Coordinate installing required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed- D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. E. Coordinate connecting electrical service to components furnished under other Sections. F. Coordinate connecting electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. G. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where electrical items requiring access are concealed by finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors." H. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where identification is applied to field -finished surfaces. I. Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing acoustical ceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items. J. The Contractor shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the architectural and structural conditions, to avoid obstructions and to provide proper grading of lines. Exact locations of outlets, apparatus and connections thereto shall be determined by reference to detail drawings, equipment drawings, roughing in drawings, etc., by measurements at the building and in cooperation with other Contractors and in all cases shall be subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer. Relocations necessitated by the conditions at the site or directed by the Architect/Engineer shall be made without any additional cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. K. Equipment has been chosen to fit within the available space with all required Code and maintenance clearances and shall be installed as shown. While every effort has been made to accommodate equipment of other listed manufacturers, since equipment and access space requirements vary, the final responsibility for installation access and proper fit of substituted equipment rests with the Contractor. Piping interferences shall be handled by giving precedence to pipe lines, which require a stated grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict, the following order of precedence is a suggested starting place for negotiation with all parties involved. Building Lines Structural Members Soil and Drain Piping Condensate Piping Refrigerant Piping Vent Piping ARUP 260000 - 8 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 7. Supply Ductwork 8. Exhaust Ductwork 9. Domestic Water Piping 10. Electrical Conduit M. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to: voltage, ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, structural supports, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. N. This Contractor shall be responsible such that all systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.18 LAYOUT A. Contractor shall be responsible for correctly laying out work in accordance with the Drawings. B. If there is any discrepancy between layout and Drawings, Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer in writing. He shall not proceed with any work affected by such discrepancy until he has received instructions from the Architect/Engineer. 1.19 SUPERVISION A. A competent Foreman or Superintendent, initially approved by the Architect/Engineer, shall be kept by the Contractor at the building to receive instructions and to act for the Contractor. Once this Superintendent has been approved, no change shall be made without approval of the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer's authorized representative and/or Owner's observer shall have the right to observe the work at any time. The Contractor shall have a representative present when his work is being observed and he shall give assistance as may be required to the Architect/Engineer's representative. B. All request and recommendations made by the Architect/Engineer representative observer shall be promptly carried out and all unsatisfactory material and/or workmanship shall be replaced at once, to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. C. The entire installation shall be made by members of the Contractor's Organization or others under his responsibility. The work to be Sub contracted shall be done by Subcontractors approved by the Owner or his representative and this Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for all equipment, material or work of installation furnished by the Subcontractors. 1.20 SAFETY REGULATIONS A. All electrical work shall be performed in compliance with all applicable and governing safety regulations. All safety lights, guards, and signs required for the performance of the electrical work shall be provided by and operated by the Electrical contractor. 1.21 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall properly store all material and equipment at the job site, protect same from the elements when in open storage and from damage by work of other trades when in place. The Contractor, when so directed by the Architect/Engineer, shall promptly remove and replace with new material and equipment, all material and equipment improperly handled or damaged from rough usage or improper storage, at no additional cost to the Owner or Arch itect/Engineer. ARUP 260000 - 9 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 ilf►. ►��i7ufSE411[07111IN 3ff_j>i0_I�9 A. The Contractor in performing his work shall take particular care not to damage the structure. All finished floors and step treads shall be covered to prevent any damage by workmen or their tools and equipment during construction of the building. In addition, the Contractor shall protect any materials on the job site, whether or not a part of his Contract. 1.23 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING, AND TRANSPORTATION A. The Contractor shall provide his own scaffolding and ladders to facilitate the necessary adjustment and balancing of the system. B. The Contractor shall provide necessary transportation to facilitate the delivery of all materials, equipment, tools and labor to job, in accordance with the intent of these Documents. 1.24 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by him, his employees or his work. This debris shall be removed, not only from the building but also from the site, and from the street or alley adjacent to the site. Cleanup shall be performed on a daily basis. 1.25 FINAL COMPLETION AND TESTING A. At the completion of the work, all equipment and systems shall be tested and faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced. Refer to other Division 26 sections for additional requirements. B. Touch up and/or refinish all scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. 1.26 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one year after its completion and final acceptance, and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of the certificate of final payment. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Single conductor, copper. Solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger than No. 10 AWG. Copper conductors shall be soft drawn, annealed, having a conductivity of not less than 98% of that of pure copper, and meeting before stranding the requirements of ASTM B-3, "Standard Specifications for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes," latest edition. All wires and cables shall be new and continuous without weld, splice, or joints throughout its length. Conductors must be uniform in cross-section, free from flaws, scales and other imperfections. B. Thermoplastic Insulated Wire: Conform to NEMA WC 5. C. Cross -Linked, Polyethylene Insulated Wire: Conform to NEMA WC 7_ D. No conductor smaller than No. 12 AWG shall be permitted for any lighting or power circuit. No conductor smaller than No. 18 AWG shall be used for any control circuit, unless shown otherwise. ARUP 260000 - 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 E. Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class suitable for service indicated. Select to comply with Project's installation requirements. F. Refer to Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables" for wiring and cables. 2.2 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASES A. Forms and Reinforcing Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Concrete: 3000-psi, 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." C. Size: 4-Inch minimum height unless noted elsewhere on the Construction Documents, concrete base shall extend a minimum of 6-Inch on each side past the edge of the equipment that is being placed on the base. 2.3 PRIME, PROTECTIVE AND TOUCHUP PAINT A. For Equipment: Provided by equipment manufacturer and selected to match equipment finish. B. For Non -equipment Surfaces: Matching type and color of undamaged, existing adjacent finish. C. For Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc -rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom where mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated. B. Install items level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, except where otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install wires in raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions and NECA's "Standard of Installation." B. Conductor Splices: Keep to the minimum and comply with the following: 1. Install splices and taps that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 2. Use splice and tap connectors that are compatible with conductor material. C. Pull Conductors: Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. ARUP 260000 - 11 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Conductors may be run in parallel on sizes 1/0 through 750 kcmil inclusive, provided all multiple conductors are the same size, length, and type of insulation, and they shall be so arranged and terminated as to ensure equal division of the total current between all conductors involved. F. Conductors for lighting and power branch circuits shall be of such a size that the drop in potential from the panel boards to the farthest point on the circuits shall not exceed 2% at maximum load and 80% power factor. G. Wiring at Outlets: Install with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet- H. Connect outlets and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque -tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening requirements specified in UL 486A. Install devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. Raceway Supports: Comply with NFPA 70 and the following requirements: Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selecting and installing supports. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket -type hangers. Spare Capacity: Size supports for multiple conduits so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable iron pipe hangers or clamps. Hanger Rods: 1/4-inch diameter or larger threaded steel, except as otherwise indicated. Spring Steel Fasteners: Specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing. May be used in lieu of malleable iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to channel and slotted angle supports. In vertical runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals. K. Vertical Conductor Supports: Install simultaneously with conductors. Miscellaneous Supports: Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices except where components are mounted directly to structural features of adequate strength. M. In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not be separately supported, except where used for fixture support; support sheet -metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box. N. Sleeves: Install for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls, except where core -drilled holes are used. Install for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire -rated gypsum walls and of all other fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. ARUP 260000 - 12 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 O. Firestopping: Apply to cable, raceway and busway penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Perform firestopping as specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping" to reestablish the original fire - resistance rating of the assembly at the penetration. P. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, securely fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware to the building structure. Perform fastening according to the following: 1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw -type nails on wood; toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry; and by machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring -tension clamps on steel. 2. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion bolts, machine screws, or wood screws. 3. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe straps, or any other items. 4. In partitions of light steel construction use sheet -metal screws. 5. Drill holes in concrete beams so holes more than 1-1/2 inches deep do not cut main reinforcing bars. 6. Drill holes in concrete so holes more than 3/4 inch deep do not cut main reinforcing bars. 7. Fill and seal holes drilled in concrete and not used. 8. Select fasteners so the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the proof -test load. Q. Construct concrete equipment bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 6 inches larger than supported unit in both directions. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's setting templates for anchor bolt and tie locations. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." R. Install utility -metering equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and empty conduits as required by company. S. Prohibited Markings In all public and similar areas of the project, installation of any device or equipment with markings or insignias intended to identify the manufacturer, vendor or other source is prohibited, except where legally required. Also prohibited is installation of any device or equipment that bears evidence that markings or insignias have been removed. Certification, testing and approval labels are exceptions to this requirement. T. Warning Signs: Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure associated with access to or operation of electrical facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey adequate information at each location, and mount the warning signs permanently in an appropriate and effective location. 3.3 WIRING DEVICE AND EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. General: Unless noted otherwise on Architectural or Electrical drawings, mounting heights to device centerline shall be as follows. Wall Switches: 42" above finished floor to center of box. Receptacles: 18" above finished floor to center of box. Panelboards: 72" from finished floor to top of panelboard. Fire alarm pull stations: 42" above finished floor. Fire alarm strobes and combination audio/visual devices: 80" above finished floor to the bottom of the device or 6" below ceiling to the top of the device, whichever is lower. Fire alarm audio devices: 6" below ceiling. ARUP 260000 - 13 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.4 DEMOLITION A. Where electrical work to remain is damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality. B. Accessible Work Indicated to Be Demolished: Remove exposed electrical installation in its entirety. Existing branch circuit wiring to be removed shall be pulled from the raceways and the empty conduit shall be removed to a point of permanent concealment. C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap and patch surface to match existing finish. D. Removal: Remove demolished material from the Project site except as indicated below. E. Salvaged Equipment: Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner shall be delivered to the Owner and placed in storage at the location of his choice. F. Temporary Disconnection: Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation. Provide new accessories as may be needed for proper installation in new location. Additionally, relocated light fixtures shall be relamped. G. Refer to Architectural "Demolition" plans for actual location of walls, ceilings, etc. being removed and/or relocated. 3.5 WORK WITHIN EXISTING BUILDINGS A. Construction equipment, materials, tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. B. Electrical equipment, outlets, speakers, circuits to mechanical and building systems equipment, etc., which are to remain but are served by conduit and/or circuiting that is disturbed by the remodeling work, shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave it in proper operating condition. C. New Loads on Existing Panels: New circuiting indicated to be connected to existing panels shall be connected to "spares" and/or "released" breakers as applicable, or new breakers provided where space is available. Contractor shall verify the existing panel load and feeder capacity prior to adding any additional loads. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of the trades involved. B. Cutting shall be done under the supervision of the Owner=s representative. This Contractor shall not be permitted to cut or modify any structural members without the written permission of the Structural Engineer. ARUP 260000 - 14 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 C. Any openings cut through exterior walls or roofs shall be provided with suitable covers while they are left open to protect the property or materials involved. Any openings cut through walls below grade shall be properly protected to prevent entrance of water or other damaging elements. D. Repair disturbed surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. 3.7 PRIME, PROTECTIVE AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location- B. All equipment not finished at the factory shall be given a prime coat and then finish painted with two coats of enamel in a color as directed by the Architect/Engineer. No nameplates on equipment shall be painted. C. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 3.8 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by him, his employees or his work. This debris shall be removed, not only from the building, but also from the site, and from the street or alley adjacent to the site. END OF SECTION ARUP 260000 - 15 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 260519 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire rated 600 V or less. 2. Aluminum building wire rated 600 V or less. 3. Metal -clad cable, Type MC, rated 600 V or less. 4. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on -site testing. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alpha Wire Company. 2. American Bare Conductor. 3. Belden Inc- 4- General Cable Technologies Corporation. ARUP 260519 - 1 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 5. Service Wire Co. 6. Southwire CompanV. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B 3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B 8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 3. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 2.2 ALUMINUM BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn aluminum current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alpha Wire Company. 2. Belden Inc. 3. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 4. Okonite Company (The). 5. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Aluminum, complying with ASTM B 800 and ASTM B 801. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 2.3 METAL -CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current -carrying insulated conductors in an overall metallic sheath. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. ARUP 260519 - 2 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2. Alpha Wire Company. 3. Belden Inc. 4. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 5. Service Wire Co. 6. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Comply with UL 1569. 3. RoHS compliant. 4. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Circuits: 1. Single circuit and multi -circuit with color -coded conductors. 2. Power -Limited Fire -Alarm Circuits: Comply with UL 1424. E. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B 3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B 8 for stranded conductors. F. Ground Conductor: Bare. G. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type TFN/THHN/THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. H. Armor: Aluminum, interlocked. Jacket: PVC applied over armor. 2.4 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 3M Electrical Products. 2. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 3. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 4. Ideal Industries, Inc. 5. ILSCO. 6. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 7. Service Wire Co. ARUP 260519 - 3 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper for feeders smaller than No. 4 AWG; copper or aluminum for feeders No. 4 AWG and larger. Conductors shall be solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. C. Power -Limited Fire Alarm and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller. 3.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 3.3 A. B. C. D. E. F. CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS Service Entrance: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. Exposed Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. Metal -clad cable (Type MC) will be allowed in some areas.. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." ARUP 260519 - 4 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.4 A. B. C. 3.5 A. B. 3.6 A. 3.7 A. 3.8 A. B. CONNECTIONS Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un-spliced conductors. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack. IDENTIFICATION Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." FIRESTOPPING Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire - resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. Perform tests and inspections. 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single -line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low -resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. C. Inspect compression -applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation -resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500-V do for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V do for 600-V rated cable for a one - minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. ARUP 260519 - 5 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: Procedures used. Results that comply with requirements. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION ARUP 260519 - 6 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment- B. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 2. Foundation steel electrodes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Plans showing as -built, dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1) Test wells. 2) Ground rods. 3) Ground rings. 4) Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. b. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells, ground rings, and grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NFPA 70B. 1) Tests shall determine if ground -resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if values do not. 2) Include recommended testing intervals. ARUP 260526 - 1 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by NETA. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. 2.2 A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advanced Liqhtninq Technology, Ltd. 2. Burndy: Part of Hubbell Electrical Systems. 3. ERICO International Corporation. 4. Galvan Industries, Inc.: Electrical Products Division, LLC. 5. Harger Lightning & Grounding. 6. ILSCO. 7. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 8. Robbins Lightning, Inc. 9. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 2.3 CONDUCTORS 0 B 2.4 A. B. ARUP Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned -copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. Bare Copper Conductors: Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 inches in cross section, with 9/32- inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V and shall be Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. CONNECTORS Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 260526 - 2 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 C. Bus -Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless exothermic -type wire terminals, and long -barrel, two -bolt connection to ground bus bar. D. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. E. Cable -to -Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. F. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub. G. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt- H. Lay -in Lug Connector: Mechanical type, copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw. I. Signal Reference Grid Clamp: Mechanical type, stamped -steel terminal with hex head screw. J. Straps: Solid copper, copper lugs. Rated for 600 A. K. U-Bolt Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal listed for direct burial. L. Water Pipe Clamps: 1. Mechanical type, two pieces with zinc -plated bolts. a. Material: Die-cast zinc alloy. b. Listed for direct burial. 2. U-bolt type with malleable -iron clamp and copper ground connector rated for direct burial. 2.5 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet. B. Ground Plates: 1/4 inch thick, hot -dip galvanized. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. C. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches minimum from wall, 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, and down; connect to horizontal bus. D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: ARUP 260526 - 3 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. Eel am-listM1_961:3 3TI[0110 A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS A. Non -automatic Transfer Switch: Install grounding electrode(s) at the transfer switch location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to shall be accessible to connect to the frame of the generator. GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Pad -Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad -mounted equipment and noncurrent -carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned -copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. A. B C. D. 3.6 A. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Metal -clad cable runs. Water Heater and Heat -Tracing Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat -tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch -circuit conductors. INSTALLATION Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. ARUP 260526 - 4 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor- C. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover. Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. E. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug -type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. F. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. G. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. H. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each indicated item, extending around the perimeter of building. 1. Install tinned -copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building's foundation. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections- C. Tests and Inspections: ARUP 260526 - 5 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81. D. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. F. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. Pad -Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. G. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION ARUP 260526 - 6 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. FMC: Flexible metallic conduit. C. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. D. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. E. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. F. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit. G. RNC: Rigid non-metallic conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source quality -control reports. ARUP 260533 - 1 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit; a part of Atkore International. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. NEC, Inc. 5. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 6. Southwire Company. 7. Thomas & Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Group. 8. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. D. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. E. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. F. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. G. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc -coated steel. H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel or die cast. b. Type: Setscrew] or compression. 2. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 3. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. J. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 3. CertainTeed Corporation. ARUP 260533 - 2 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 4. Electri-Flex Company. 5. Lamson & Sessions. 6. RACO; Hubbell. 7. Thomas & Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Group. B. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application- C. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. D. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. E. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. F. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. G. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. H. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. B-line, an Eaton business. 2. Hoffman; a brand of Pentair Equipment Protection. 3. MonoSystems, Inc. 4. Square D. B. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 or Type 3R unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type Flanged-and-gasketed type unless otherwise indicated. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Crouse -Hinds, an Eaton business. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Hoffman: a brand of Pentair Eaumment Protection 4. Hubbell Incorporated- 5- O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 6. RACO; Hubbell. 7. Thomas & Betts Corporation: A Member of the ABB Group. ARUP 260533 - 3 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. D. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. E. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. F. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: Cast metal. 2. Type: Fully adjustable. 3. Shape: Rectangular. 4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. G. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. H. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. J. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. K. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep, or 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep as required. L. Gangable boxes are prohibited. M. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 and Type 3R with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. N. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 and Type 3R galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: ARUP 260533 - 4 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B C. 1191 E. F. G. 3.2 A. B. C. D. ARUP Exposed Conduit: GRC or IMC. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-80-PVC, direct buried or concrete encased, as indicated on the drawings. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFNC. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet -handling units. C. Mechanical rooms. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size above finished floor; 1-inch below grade or encased in concrete. Raceway shall be of ample size to provide the ready insertion and withdrawal of conductors without abrasion. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. EMT: Use setscrew] or compression, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F. INSTALLATION Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. 260533 - 5 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. Change from RNC to GRC before rising above floor. J. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: Use EMT or RMC for raceways. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. K. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. L. Coat field -cut threads on PVC -coated raceway with a corrosion -preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. M. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. N. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1- 1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. O. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. P. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. Q. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. R. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200- Ib tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. S. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. ARUP 260533 - 6 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 T. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. U. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. V. Expansion -Joint Fittings: Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight -run length that exceeds 100 feet. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. Install each expansion -joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. W. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semi -recessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. X. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to top of box unless otherwise indicated. Y. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. Z. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. AA. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. BB. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. CC. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct -Buried Conduit: ARUP 260533 - 7 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. Install backfill as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. For stub -ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION ARUP 260533 - 8 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 260543 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits and fittings, including GRC and PVC -coated steel conduit. 2. Rigid nonmetallic duct. 3. Flexible nonmetallic duct. 4. Duct accessories. 5. Precast concrete handholes. 6. Polymer concrete handholes and boxes with polymer concrete cover. 7. High -density plastic boxes. 8. Precast manholes. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Direct Buried: Duct or a duct bank that is buried in the ground, without any additional casing materials such as concrete. B. Duct: A single duct or multiple ducts. Duct may be either installed singly or as component of a duct bank. C. Duct Bank: 1. Two or more ducts installed in parallel, with or without additional casing materials. 2. Multiple duct banks. D. GRC: Galvanized rigid (steel) conduit. E. Trafficways: Locations where vehicular or pedestrian traffic is a normal course of events. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include duct -bank materials, including spacers and miscellaneous components. 2. Include duct, conduits, and their accessories, including elbows, end bells, bends, fittings, and solvent cement. 3. Include accessories for manholes, handholes, boxes[, and other utility structures]. 4. Include underground -line warning tape. 5. Include warning planks. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Precast or Factory -Fabricated Underground Utility Structures: ARUP 260543 - 1 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1.5 A. B. C. D. E. 1.6 A. 1.7 A. 1.8 A. a. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and accessories. b. Include duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. C. Include reinforcement details. d. Include frame and cover design and manhole chimneys. e. Include ladder or step details. f. Include grounding details. g. Include dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling -in and lifting irons, and sumps. h. Include joint details. 2. Factory -Fabricated Handholes and Boxes Other Than Precast Concrete: a. Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details. b. Include duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. C. Include cover design. d. Include grounding details. e. Include dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling -in and lifting irons. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Coordination Drawings: For duct and duct bank. Show duct profiles and coordination with other utilities and underground structures. 1. Include plans and sections, drawn to scale, and show bends and locations of expansion fittings. 2. Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency responsible for testing nonconcrete handholes and boxes. Product Certificates: For concrete and steel used in precast concrete manholes and handholes, as required by ASTM C858. Source quality -control reports. Field quality -control reports. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS SUBMITTALS None. QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E329 for testing indicated. FIELD CONDITIONS Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions, and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Construction Manager's written permission. ARUP 260543 - 2 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. Ground Water: Assume ground -water level is at grade level unless a lower water table is noted on Drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. B. Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated GRC. Comply with NEMA RN 1. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit; a part of Atkore International. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Calconduit. 5. Electri-Flex Company. 6. FSR Inc. 7. Korkap. 8. NEC, Inc. 9. Opti-Corn Manufacturing Network, Inc (OMNI). 10. O-Z/GedneV; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 11. Perma-Cote. 12. Picoma Industries, Inc. 13. Plasti-Bond. 14. Republic Conduit. 15. Southwire Company. 16. Thomas & Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Grou 17. Topaz Electric; a division of Topaz Lighting Corp. 18. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 19. Wheatland Tube Company. D. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 RIGID NONMETALLIC DUCT A. Underground Plastic Utilities Duct: Type EPC-80-PVC and Type EPC-40-PVC RNC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651, with matching fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 by same manufacturer as duct. B. Underground Plastic Utilities Duct: Type DB-60 PVC and Type DB-120 PVC RNC, complying with NEMA TC 6 & 8 and ASTM F512 for direct burial, with matching fittings complying with NEMA TC 9 by same manufacturer as duct. C. Underground Plastic Utilities Duct: Type EB-20 PVC RNC, complying with NEMA TC 6 & 8, ASTM F512, and UL 651, with matching fittings complying with NEMA TC 9 by same manufacturer as duct. D. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ARNCO Corp. Beck Manufacturing. ARUP 260543 - 3 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 E. F. 2.3 A. B. C. 2.4 A. B C. D. E. ARUP 3. CANTEX INC. 4. CertainTeed Corporation. 5. Condux International, Inc. 6. Crown Line Plastics- 7- ElecSys, Inc- 8- Electri-Flex Company. 9. Endot Industries Inc. 10. IPEX USA LLC. 11. Lamson & Sessions. 12. Manhattan/CDT. 13. National Pipe & Plastics. 14. Opti-Com Manufacturing Network, Inc (OMNI). Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, and marked for intended location and application. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. DUCT ACCESSORIES Duct Spacers: Factory -fabricated, rigid, PVC interlocking spacers; sized for type and size of duct with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacing indicated while supporting duct during concreting or backfilling. Underground -Line Warning Tape: Comply with requirements for underground -line warning tape specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Concrete Warning Planks: Nominal 12 by 24 by 3 inches in size, manufactured from 6000-psi concrete Color: Red dye added to concrete during batching. Mark each plank with "ELECTRIC" in 2-inch- high, 3/8-inch- deep letters. PRECAST CONCRETE HANDHOLES AND BOXES Description: Factory -fabricated, reinforced -concrete, monolithically poured walls and bottom unless open - bottom enclosures are indicated. Frame and cover shall form top of enclosure and shall have load rating consistent with that of handhole or box. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Christy Concrete Products. 2. Elmhurst -Chicago Stone Co. 3. Oldcastle Precast, Inc. 4. Rinker Group, Ltd. 5. Riverton Concrete Products. 6. Utility Concrete Products, LLC. 7. Utility Vault Co. 8. Wausau Tile Inc. Comply with ASTM C858 for design and manufacturing processes. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof cast-iron frame, with cast-iron cover with recessed cover hook eyes and tamper -resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof steel frame, with steel cover with recessed cover hook eyes and tamper - resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts. 260543 - 4 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 F. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof steel frame, with hinged steel access door assembly with tamper - resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts. 1. Cover Hinges: Concealed, with hold -open ratchet assembly. 2. Cover Handle: Recessed. G. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof aluminum frame with hinged aluminum access door assembly with tamper -resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts. 1. Cover Hinges: Concealed, with hold -open ratchet assembly. 2. Cover Handle: Recessed. H. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. I. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC." or as indicated for each service. J. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom unless otherwise indicated. K. Extensions and Slabs: Designed to mate with bottom of enclosure. Same material as enclosure. 1. Extension shall provide increased depth of [12 inches] 2. Slab: Same dimensions as bottom of enclosure, and arranged to provide closure. L. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic -butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at the installation location with the ground -water level at grade. M. Knockout Panels: Precast openings in walls, arranged to match dimensions and elevations of approaching duct, plus an additional 12 inches vertically and horizontally to accommodate alignment variations. 1. Center window location. 2. Knockout panels shall be located no less than 6 inches from interior surfaces of walls, floors, or frames and covers of handholes, but close enough to corners to facilitate racking of cables on walls. 3. Knockout panel opening shall have cast -in -place, welded -wire fabric reinforcement for field cutting and bending to tie in to concrete envelopes of duct. 4. Knockout panels shall be framed with at least two additional No. 3 steel reinforcing bars in concrete around each opening. 5. Knockout panels shall be 1-1/2 to 2 inches thick. N. Duct Entrances in Handhole Walls: Cast end -bell or duct -terminating fitting in wall for each entering duct. 1. Type and size shall match fittings to duct to be terminated. 2. Fittings shall align with elevations of approaching duct and be located near interior corners of handholes to facilitate racking of cable. O. Handholes [12 inches wide by 24 inches long] and larger shall have inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured. 2.5 POLYMER CONCRETE HANDHOLES AND BOXES WITH POLYMER CONCRETE COVER A. Description: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with a polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass or a combination of the two. B. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armorcast Products Company. 2. MacLean Hiohline. ARUP 260543 - 5 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3. NewBasis. 4. Oldcastle Enclosure Solutions. 5. Quazite: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. C. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. Comply with tier requirements in "Underground Enclosure Application" Article. D. Color: Gray or as indicated by Architect. E. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom unless otherwise indicated. F. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure. G. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. H. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC." or as indicated for each service. I. Direct -Buried Wiring Entrance Provisions: Knockouts equipped with insulated bushings or end -bell fittings, selected to suit box material, sized for wiring indicated, and arranged for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. J. Duct Entrance Provisions: Duct -terminating fittings shall mate with entering duct for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. K. Handholes [12 inches wide by 24 inches long] and larger shall have factory -installed inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons. 2.6 FIBERGLASS HANDHOLES AND BOXES WITH POLYMER CONCRETE FRAME AND COVER A. Description: Sheet -molded, fiberglass -reinforced, polyester resin enclosure joined to polymer concrete top ring or frame. B. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armorcast Products Company. 2. Christy Concrete Products. 3. NewBasis. 4. Oldcastle Enclosure Solutions. 5. Quazite: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. C. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. Comply with tier requirements in "Underground Enclosure Application" Article. D. Color: Gray or as indicated by Architect. E. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom unless otherwise indicated. F. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure. G. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. H. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC." or as indicated. ARUP 260543 - 6 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 J. K. 2.7 A. B. C. D. E. F. Direct -Buried Wiring Entrance Provisions: Knockouts equipped with insulated bushings or end -bell fittings, selected to suit box material, sized for wiring indicated, and arranged for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. Duct Entrance Provisions: Duct -terminating fittings shall mate with entering duct for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. Handholes [12 inches wide by 24 inches long] and larger shall have factory -installed inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons. FIBERGLASS HANDHOLES AND BOXES Description: Molded of fiberglass -reinforced polyester resin, with covers made of polymer concrete. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Christy Concrete Products. 2. MacLean Highline. 3. Nordic Fiberglass, Inc. 4. Oldcastle Enclosure Solutions. 5. Quazite: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. Comply with tier requirements in "Underground Enclosure Application" Article. Color: Gray or as indicated by Architect. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom unless otherwise indicated. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure. G. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. Iff J. K. 2.8 A- B. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC." or as indicated for each service. Direct -Buried Wiring Entrance Provisions: Knockouts equipped with insulated bushings or end -bell fittings, selected to suit box material, sized for wiring indicated, and arranged for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. Duct Entrance Provisions: Duct -terminating fittings shall mate with entering duct for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. Handholes [12 inches wide by 24 inches long] and larger shall have factory -installed inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons. PRECAST MANHOLES Description: One-piece units and units with interlocking mating sections, complete with accessories, hardware, and features. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Carder Concrete Products. 2. Christy Concrete Products. 3. Elmhurst -Chicago Stone Co. 4. Oldcastle Precast, Inc. ARUP 260543 - 7 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Rinker Group, Ltd. Riverton Concrete Products. Utility Concrete Products, LLC. Utility Vault Co. Wausau Tile Inc. C. Comply with ASTM C858. D. Structural Design Loading: Comply with requirements in "Underground Enclosure Application" Article. E. Knockout Panels: Precast openings in walls, arranged to match dimensions and elevations of approaching duct, plus an additional 12 inches vertically and horizontally to accommodate alignment variations. Center window location. Knockout panels shall be located no less than 6 inches from interior surfaces of walls, floors, or roofs of manholes, but close enough to corners to facilitate racking of cables on walls. Knockout panel opening shall have cast -in -place, welded -wire fabric reinforcement for field cutting and bending to tie in to concrete envelopes of duct. Knockout panel shall be framed with at least two additional No. 3 steel reinforcing bars in concrete around each opening. Knockout panels shall be 1-1/2 to 2 inches thick. F. Duct Entrances in Manhole Walls: Cast end -bell or duct -terminating fitting in wall for each entering duct. Type and size shall match fittings to duct to be terminated. Fittings shall align with elevations of approaching duct and be located near interior corners of manholes to facilitate racking of cable. G. Ground Rod Sleeve: Provide a 3-inch PVC sleeve in manhole floors 2 inches from the wall adjacent to, but not underneath, the duct entering the structure. H. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic -butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at the installation location with the ground -water level at grade. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect precast concrete utility structures according to ASTM C1037. B. Nonconcrete Handhole and Pull -Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of manholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. Tests of materials shall be performed by an independent testing agency. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification, complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of duct, duct bank, manholes, handholes, and boxes with final arrangement of other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field. Notify Architect if there is a conflict between areas of excavation and existing structures or archaeological sites to remain. ARUP 260543 - 8 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.2 B. Coordinate elevations of duct and duct -bank entrances into manholes, handholes, and boxes with final locations and profiles of duct and duct banks, as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct and duct bank will drain to manholes and handholes, and as approved by Architect. C. Clear and grub vegetation to be removed, and protect vegetation to remain according to Section 311000 "Site Clearing." Remove and stockpile topsoil for reapplication according to Section 311000 "Site Clearing." UNDERGROUND DUCT APPLICATION A. Duct for Electrical Cables More Than 600 V: Type EPC-80-PVC RNC, concrete -encased unless otherwise indicated. B. Duct for Electrical Feeders 600 V and Less: Type EPC-80-PVC or Type EPC-40-PVC, RNC, concrete - encased unless otherwise indicated. C. Duct for Electrical Feeders 600 V and Less: Type EPC-80-PVC RNC, direct -buried unless otherwise indicated. D. Duct for Electrical Branch Circuits: Type EPC-80-PVC RNC, direct -buried unless otherwise indicated. E. F. G 3.3 A. 3.4 B A. Bored Underground Duct: Type EPEC-80-HDPE unless otherwise indicated. Underground Ducts Crossing Paved Paths Walks and Driveways Roadways and Railroads: Type EPC-80 PVC RNC. Stub -ups: Concrete -encased PVC -coated GRC. UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURE APPLICATION Handholes and Boxes for 600 V and Less: 1. Units in Roadways and Other Deliberate Traffic Paths: Precast concrete. AASHTO HB 17, H-20 structural load rating. 2. Units in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off -Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-20 structural load rating. 3. Units in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Polymer concrete units, SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating. 4. Units Subject to Light -Duty Pedestrian Traffic Only: Fiberglass -reinforced polyester resin, structurally tested according to SCTE 77 with 3000-lbf vertical loading. 5. Cover design load shall not exceed the design load of the handhole or box. Manholes: Precast concrete. 1. Units Located in Roadways and Other Deliberate Traffic Paths by Heavy or Medium Vehicles: H-20 structural load rating according to AASHTO HB 17. 2. Units Not Located in Deliberate Traffic Paths by Heavy or Medium Vehicles: H-10 load rating according to AASHTO HB 17. EARTHWORK Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Section 312000 "Earth Moving," but do not use heavy-duty, hydraulic -operated, compaction equipment. ARUP 260543 - 9 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 B. Restoration: Replace area after construction vehicle traffic in immediate area is complete. C. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation, and re-establish original grades unless otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed. D. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply with Section 329200 "Turf and Grasses" and Section 329300 "Plants." E. Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground duct, duct bank, and underground structures according to "Cutting and Patching" Article in Section 017300 "Execution." 3.5 DUCT AND DUCT -BANK INSTALLATION A. Where indicated on Drawings, install duct, spacers, and accessories into the duct -bank configuration shown. Duct installation requirements in this Section also apply to duct bank. B. Install duct according to NEMA TCB 2. C. Slope: Pitch duct a minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope duct from a high point between two manholes, to drain in both directions. D. Curves and Bends: Use 5-degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of [48 inches] both horizontally and vertically, at other locations unless otherwise indicated. Duct shall have maximum of two 90 degree bends or the total of all bends shall be no more 180 degrees between pull points. E. Joints: Use solvent -cemented joints in duct and fittings and make watertight according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent duct do not lie in same plane. F. Installation Adjacent to High -Temperature Steam Lines: Where duct is installed parallel to underground steam lines, perform calculations showing the duct will not be subject to environmental temperatures above 40 deg C. Where environmental temperatures are calculated to rise above 40 deg C, and anywhere the duct crosses above an underground steam line, install insulation blankets listed for direct burial to isolate the duct bank from the steam line. G. End Bell Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inches o.c. for 5-inch duct, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes. Begin change from regular spacing to end -bell spacing 10 feet from the end bell, without reducing duct slope and without forming a trap in the line. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each duct in the area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole. Install an expansion fitting near the center of all straight line direct -buried duct with calculated expansion of more than 3/4 inch. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. H. Terminator Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use manufactured, cast -in -place duct terminators, with entrances into structure spaced approximately 6 inches o.c. for 4-inch duct, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes. Begin change from regular spacing to terminator spacing 10 feet from the terminator, without reducing duct line slope and without forming a trap in the line. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each duct in the area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole. Install an expansion fitting near the center of all straight line duct with calculated expansion of more than 3/4 inch. ARUP 260543 - 10 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 I. Building Wall Penetrations: Make a transition from underground duct to GRC at least 10 feet outside the building wall, without reducing duct line slope away from the building and without forming a trap in the line. Use fittings manufactured for RNC-to-GRC transition. Install GRC penetrations of building walls as specified in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." J. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of duct with pulled cables. Seal spare duct at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15-psig hydrostatic pressure. K. Pulling Cord: Install 200-lbf- test nylon cord in empty ducts. L. Concrete -Encased Ducts and Duct Bank: Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct. Prepare trench bottoms as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipes less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. Width: Excavate trench 12 inches wider than duct on each side. Depth: Install so top of duct envelope is at least 24 inches below finished grade in areas not subject to deliberate traffic, and at least 30 inches below finished grade in deliberate traffic paths for vehicles unless otherwise indicated. Support duct on duct spacers coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor temperature. Spacer Installation: Place spacers close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of duct, with not less than four spacers per 20 feet of duct. Place spacers within 24 inches of duct ends. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inches between tiers. Secure spacers to earth and to duct to prevent floating during concreting. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. Minimum Space between Duct: 3 inches between edge of duct and exterior envelope wall, 2 inches between ducts for like services, and 4 inches between power and communications ducts. Elbows: Use manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups, at building entrances, and at changes of direction in duct unless otherwise indicated. Extend encasement throughout length of elbow. Elbows: Use manufactured GRC elbows for stub -ups, at building entrances, and at changes of direction in duct run. Couple RNC duct to GRC with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. Stub -ups to Outdoor Equipment: Extend concrete -encased GRC horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 1) Stub -ups shall be minimum 4 inchesabove bfinished floor and minimum 3 inchesfrom conduit side to edge of slab C. Stub -ups to Indoor Equipment: Extend concrete -encased GRC horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of wall. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 1) Stub -ups shall be minimum 4 inchesabove finished floor and no less than 3 inchesfrom conduit side to edge of slab 9. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete -encased duct where crossing disturbed earth and where indicated. Arrange reinforcing rods and ties without forming conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. 10. Forms: Use walls of trench to form side walls of duct bank where soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms. 11. Concrete Cover: Install a minimum of 3 inches of concrete cover between edge of duct to exterior envelope wall, 2 inches between duct of like services, and 4 inches between power and communications ducts. 12. Concreting Sequence: Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous operation. Start at one end and finish at the other, allowing for expansion and contraction of duct as its temperature changes during and after the pour. Use expansion fittings installed according to manufacturer's written instructions, or use other specific measures to prevent expansion - contraction damage. ARUP 260543 - 11 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 If more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and install 3/4- inch reinforcing -rod dowels extending a minimum of 18 inches into concrete on both sides of joint near corners of envelope. 13. Pouring Concrete: Comply with requirements in "Concrete Placement" Article in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." Place concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between duct and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow a heavy mass of concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Allow concrete to flow around duct and rise up in middle, uniformly filling all open spaces. Do not use power -driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct - installation application. M. Direct -Buried Duct and Duct Bank: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for preparation of trench bottoms for pipes less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2. Width: Excavate trench 12 inches wider than duct on each side. 3. Width: Excavate trench 3 inches wider than duct on each side. 4. Depth: Install top of duct at least 36 inches below finished grade unless otherwise indicated. 5. Set elevation of bottom of duct bank below frost line. 6. Support ducts on duct spacers coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor temperature. 7. Spacer Installation: Place spacers close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of duct, with not less than [four] [five] spacers per 20 feet of duct. Place spacers within 24 inches of duct ends. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inches between tiers. Secure spacers to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. B. Install duct with a minimum of 3 inches between ducts for like services and 6 inches between power and communications duct. 9. Elbows: Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups, at building entrances, and at changes of direction in duct direction unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts throughout length of elbow. 10. Install manufactured GRC elbows for stub -ups, at building entrances, and at changes of direction in duct. Couple RNC duct to GRC with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. Stub -ups to Outdoor Equipment: Extend concrete -encased GRC horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 1) Stub -ups shall be minimum 4 inchesabovefinished floor and minimum 3 inchesfrom conduit side to edge of slab C. Stub -ups to Indoor Equipment: Extend concrete -encased GRC horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of wall. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 1) Stub -ups shall be minimum 4 inchesabovefinished floor and no less than 3 inchesfrom conduit side to edge of slab 11. After installing first tier of duct, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and work toward end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Repeat procedure after placing each tier. After placing last tier, hand place backfill to 4 inches over duct and hand tamp. Firmly tamp backfill around ducts to provide maximum supporting strength. Use hand tamper only. After placing controlled backfill over final tier, make final duct connections at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for installation of backfill materials. Place minimum 3 inches of sand as a bed for duct. Place sand to a minimum of 6 inches above top level of duct. Place minimum 6 inches of engineered fill above concrete encasement of duct. ARUP 260543 - 12 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.6 N. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct -buried duct, placing them 24 inches o.c. Align planks along the width and along the centerline of duct or duct bank. Provide an additional plank for each 12-inch increment of duct -bank width over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional planks 12 inches apart, horizontally. O. Underground -Line Warning Tape: Bury conducting underground line specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" no less than 12 inches above all concrete -encased duct and duct banks. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inches of centerline of duct bank. Provide an additional warning tape for each 12-inch increment of duct -bank width over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional tapes 12 inches apart, horizontally. INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND BOXES A. Cast -in -Place Manhole Installation: Finish interior surfaces with a smooth -troweled finish. Knockouts for Future Duct Connections: Form and pour concrete knockout panels 1-1/2 to 2 inches thick, arranged as indicated. Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for cast -in -place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement. B. Precast Concrete Handhole and Manhole Installation: Comply with ASTM C891 unless otherwise indicated. Install units level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting duct, to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1- inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevations: Manhole Roof: Install with rooftop at least 15 inches below finished grade. Manhole Frame: In paved areas and trafficways, set frames flush with finished grade. Set other manhole frames 1 inch above finished grade. Install handholes with bottom below frost line, below grade. Handhole Covers: In paved areas and trafficways, set surface flush with finished grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade. Where indicated, cast handhole cover frame integrally with handhole structure. D. Drainage: Install drains in bottom of manholes where indicated. Coordinate with drainage provisions indicated. E. Manhole Access: Circular opening in manhole roof; sized to match cover size. Manholes with Fixed Ladders: Offset access opening from manhole centerlines to align with ladder. Install chimney, constructed of precast concrete collars and rings, to support cast-iron frame to connect cover with manhole roof opening. Provide moisture -tight masonry joints and waterproof grouting for frame to chimney. F. Waterproofing: Apply waterproofing to exterior surfaces of manholes after concrete has cured at least three days. After duct has been connected and grouted, and before backfilling, waterproof joints and connections, and touch up abrasions and scars. Waterproof exterior of manhole chimneys after mortar has cured at least three days. G. Dampproofing: Apply dampproofing to exterior surfaces of manholes and handholes after concrete has cured at least three days. After ducts are connected and grouted, and before backfilling, dampproof joints and connections, and touch up abrasions and scars. Dampproof exterior of manhole chimneys after mortar has cured at least three days. ARUP 260543 - 13 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 H. Hardware: Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Fixed Manhole Ladders: Arrange to provide for safe entry with maximum clearance from cables and other items in manholes. Field -Installed Bolting Anchors in Manholes and Concrete Handholes: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 inches for manholes and 2 inches for handholes, for anchor bolts installed in the field. Use a minimum of two anchors for each cable stanchion. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF HANDHOLES AND BOXES OTHER THAN PRECAST CONCRETE A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting duct, to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Use box extension if required to match depths of duct, and seal joint between box and extension as recommended by manufacturer. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas and trafficways, set cover flush with finished grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade. D. Install handholes and boxes with bottom below frost line, below grade. E. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables, but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in enclosure. F. Field cut openings for duct according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. G. For enclosures installed in asphalt paving and subject to occasional, nondeliberate, heavy -vehicle loading, form and pour a concrete ring encircling, and in contact with, enclosure and with top surface screeded to top of box cover frame. Bottom of ring shall rest on compacted earth. Concrete: 3000 psi, 28-day strength, complying with Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete," with a troweled finish. Dimensions: [10 inches wide by 12 inches deep]. 3.8 GROUNDING A. Ground underground ducts and utility structures according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of underground duct, duct bank, and utility structures. Pull solid aluminum or wood test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and adequate bend radii, and test for out -of -round duct. Provide a minimum 12-inch- long mandrel equal to duct size minus 1/4 inch. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest. ARUP 260543 - 14 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 Test manhole and handhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 CLEANING A. Pull leather -washer -type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of duct until duct cleaner indicates that duct is clear of dirt and debris. Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout ducts. B. Clean internal surfaces of manholes, including sump. Sweep floor, removing dirt and debris. Remove foreign material. END OF SECTION ARUP 260543 - 15 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 264113 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes lightning protection system for ordinary structures. B. Section includes lightning protection system for the following: 1. Ordinary structures. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layouts of the lightning protection system, with details of the components to be used in the installation. 2. Include raceway locations needed for the installation of conductors. 3. Details of air terminals, ground rods, ground rings, conductor supports, splices, and terminations, including concealment requirements. 4. Include roof attachment details, coordinated with roof installation. 5. Calculations required by NFPA 780 for bonding of metal bodies. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Lightning protection system Shop Drawings, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Lightning protection cabling attachments to roofing systems and accessories. 2. Lightning protection strike termination device attachment to roofing systems, coordinated with the roofing system manufacturer. 3. Lightning protection system components penetrating roofing and moisture protection systems and system components, coordinated with the roofing system manufacturer. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of roof adhesive for attaching the roof -mounted air terminal assemblies, approved by the roofing -material manufacturer. D. Field quality -control reports. ARUP 264113 - 1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For lightning protection system to include in maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Dimensioned site plan showing dimensioned route of the ground loop conductor and the ground rod locations. Comply with requirements of Section 017839 "Project Record Documents." b. A system testing and inspection record, listing the results of inspections and ground resistance tests, as recommended by NFPA 780, Annex D. B. Completion Certificate: 1. UL Master Label Certificate. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: UL-listed installer, category OWAY]. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advanced Lightning Technology, Ltd. 2. East Coast Lightning Equipment Inc. 3. ERICO; a brand of nVent. 4. Thompson Lightning Protection, Inc. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Lightning Protection Standard: Comply with NFPA 780 requirements for Class I buildings. B. UL Lightning Protection Standard: Comply with UL 96A requirements for Class I buildings. C. Lightning Protection Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency as complying with UL 96, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Air Terminals: 1. Copper or Aluminum unless otherwise indicated. 2. 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) diameter by 10 inches (254 mm) long. 3. Rounded tip. 4. Threaded base support. B. Air Terminal Bracing: ARUP 264113 - 2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1. Aluminum or Copper. 2. 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) diameter rod. C. Class 1 Main Conductors: 1. Stranded Copper: 57,400 circular mils in diameter. 2. Aluminum: 98,600 circular mils in diameter. D. Class II Main Conductors: 1. Stranded Copper: 115,000 circular mils in diameter. 2. Aluminum: 192,000 circular mils in diameter. E. Secondary Conductors: 1. Stranded Copper: 26,240 circular mils in diameter. 2. Aluminum: 41,400 circular mils in diameter. F. Ground Loop Conductor: Stranded copper. G. Ground Rods: 1. Material: Copper -clad steel. 2. Diameter: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 3. Rods shall be not less than 120 inches (3050 mm) long. H. Conductor Splices and Connectors: Compression fittings that are installed with hydraulically operated tools, or exothermic welds, approved for use with the class type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install lightning protection components and systems according to UL 96A and NFPA 780. B. Install conductors with direct paths from air terminals to ground connections. Avoid bends less than 90 degrees and 8 inches (203 mm) in radius and narrow loops. C. Conceal conductors within normal view from exterior locations at grade within 200 feet (60 m) of building. Comply with requirements for concealed installations in UL 96A and concealed systems in NFPA 780. 1. Roof penetrations required for down conductors and connections to structural -steel framework shall be made using listed through -roof fitting and connector assemblies with solid rods and appropriate roof flashings. Use materials approved by the roofing manufacturer for the purpose. Conform to the methods and materials required at roofing penetrations of the lightning protection components to ensure compatibility with the roofing specifications and warranty. 2. Install conduit where necessary to comply with conductor concealment requirements. 3. Air Terminals on Single -Ply Membrane Roofing: Comply with adhesive manufacturer's written instructions. D. Ground Ring Electrode: The conductor shall be not less than the main -size lightning conductor. ARUP 264113 - 3 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Aboveground concealed connections, and connections in earth or concrete, shall be done by exothermic welds or by high -compression fittings listed for the purpose. B. Aboveground exposed connections shall be done using the following types of connectors, listed and labeled for the purpose: exothermic weld. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3.3 CORROSION PROTECTION A. Do not combine materials that can form an electrolytic couple that will accelerate corrosion in the presence of moisture unless moisture is permanently excluded from junction of such materials. B. Use conductors with protective coatings where conditions would cause deterioration or corrosion of conductors. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Perform inspections as required to obtain a UL Master Label for system. B. Prepare test and inspection reports and certificates. END OF SECTION 264113 ARUP 264113 - 4 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 265613 - LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Poles and accessories for support of luminaires. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPA: Equivalent projected area. B. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture. C. Pole: Luminaire-supporting structure. D. Standard: See "Pole." 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each pole and accessory, arranged as indicated. 1. Include data on construction details, profiles, EPA, cable entrances, materials, dimensions, weight, rated design load, and ultimate strength of individual components. 2. Include finishes for lighting poles and luminaire-supporting devices. 3. Anchor bolts. 4. Manufactured pole foundations. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Detail fabrication and assembly of poles and pole accessories. 4. Foundation construction details, including material descriptions, dimensions, anchor bolts, support devices, and calculations, signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the state of installation. 5. Anchor bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer. 6. Method and procedure of pole installation. Include manufacturer's written installations. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Pole and Support Component Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of poles, certifying that products are designed for indicated load requirements according to AASHTO LTS-6-M and that load imposed by ARUP 265613 - 1 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 luminaire and attachments has been included in design. The certification shall be based on design calculations signed and sealed by a professional engineer. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Material Test Reports: 1. For each foundation component, by a qualified testing agency. 2. For each pole, by a qualified testing agency. D. Source quality -control reports. E. Field quality -control reports. F. Sample Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty. G. Soil test reports CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For poles to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include pole inspection and repair procedures. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Pole repair materials. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package aluminum poles for shipping according to ASTM B 660 B. Store poles on decay -resistant skids at least 12 inches above grade and vegetation. Support poles to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation. C. Retain factory -applied pole wrappings on metal poles until right before pole installation. Handle poles with web fabric straps. WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of pole(s) that fail in materials or workmanship; that corrode; or that fade, stain, perforate, erode, or chalk due to effects of weather or solar radiation within a specified warranty period. Manufacturer may exclude lightning damage, hail damage, vandalism, abuse, or unauthorized repairs from special warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Corrosion Resistance: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Warranty Period for Color Retention: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion. ARUP 265613 - 2 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 2.2 A. B. C. 191 L PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design pole foundation system. Structural Characteristics: Comply with AASHTO LTS-6-M. Dead Load: Weight of luminaire and its horizontal and vertical supports, lowering devices, and supporting structure, applied according to AASHTO LTS-6-M. Live Load: Single load of 500 Ibf distributed according to AASHTO LTS-6-M. Ice Load: Load of 3 Ibf/sq. ft., applied according to AASHTO LTS-6-M for applicable areas on the Ice Load Map. Wind Load: Pressure of wind on pole and luminaire, calculated and applied according to AASHTO LTS-6- M. Basic wind speed for calculating wind load for poles 50 feet high or less is 100 mph. a. Wind Importance Factor: 1.0. b. Minimum Design Life: 25 years. C. Velocity Conversion Factor: 1.0. Strength Analysis: For each pole, multiply the actual EPA of luminaires and brackets by a factor of 1.1 to obtain the EPA to be used in pole selection strength analysis. Luminaire Attachment Provisions: Comply with luminaire manufacturers' mounting requirements. Use stainless -steel fasteners and mounting bolts unless otherwise indicated. ALUMINUM POLES Poles: Seamless, extruded structural tube complying with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6, with access handhole in pole wall. 1. Shape: Square, straight. 2. Mounting Provisions: Butt flange for bolted mounting on foundation or breakaway support. Mast Arms: Aluminum, Single -arm type, continuously welded to pole attachment plate. Material and finish same as plate. Brackets for Luminaires: Detachable, cantilever, without underbrace 1. Adaptor fitting welded to pole, allowing the bracket to be bolted to the pole -mounted adapter, then bolted together with stainless -steel bolts. 2. Cross Section: Tapered oval, with straight tubular end section to accommodate luminaire. Match pole material and finish. Pole -Top Tenons: Fabricated to support luminaire or luminaires and brackets indicated, and securely fastened to pole top. Grounding and Bonding Lugs: Bolted 1/2-inch threaded lug, complying with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems," listed for attaching grounding and bonding conductors of type and size listed in that Section, and accessible through handhole. ARUP 265613 - 3 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 F. Fasteners: Stainless steel, size and type as determined by manufacturer. Corrosion -resistant items compatible with support components. 1. Materials: Compatible with poles and standards as well as to substrates to which poles and standards are fastened and shall not cause galvanic action at contact points. 2. Anchor Bolts, Leveling Nuts, Bolt Caps, and Washers: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication unless otherwise indicated. G. Handhole: Oval shaped, with minimum clear opening of 2-1/2 by 5 inches, with cover secured by stainless - steel captive screws. H. Factory -Painted Finish: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, according to SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP 8. 2. Interior Surfaces of Pole: One coat of bituminous paint, or otherwise treat for equal corrosion protection. 3. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and two finish coats of high -gloss, high -build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 POLE ACCESSORIES A. Duplex Receptacle: Ground -fault circuit interrupter type, 120 V ac, 20 A in a weatherproof assembly. Comply with requirements in Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." Surface mounted 12 inches above finished grade. a. NEMA 250, Type 3R, nonmetallic polycarbonate plastic or reinforced fiberglass, enclosure with cover; color to match pole. b. Lockable hasp and latch complying with OSHA lockout and tag -out requirements. B. Minimum 1800-W transformer, protected by replaceable fuses, mounted behind access cover. C. Base Covers: Manufacturers' standard metal units, finished same as pole, and arranged to cover pole's mounting bolts and nuts. 2.4 MOUNTING HARDWARE A. Anchor Bolts: Manufactured to ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, with a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi. 1. Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153, Class C. 2. Threading: Uniform National Coarse, Class 2A. B. Nuts: ASTM A 563, Grade A, Heavy -Hex 1. Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153, Class C. 2. Four nuts provided per anchor bolt, shipped with nuts pre -assembled to the anchor bolts. C. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1. 1. Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153, Class C. 2. Two washers provided per anchor bolt. ARUP 265613 - 4 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.5 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine poles, luminaire-mounting devices, lowering devices, and pole accessories before installation. Components that are scratched, dented, marred, wet, moisture damaged, or visibly damaged are considered defective. C. Examine roughing -in for foundation and conduit to verify actual locations of installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. POLE FOUNDATION A. Concrete Pole Foundations: Cast in place, with anchor bolts to match pole -base flange. Structural steel complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M and hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 123/A 123 M; and with top -plate and mounting bolts to match pole -base flange and strength required to support pole, luminaire, and accessories. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. 3.3 A. B. C. 91 Anchor Bolts: Install plumb using manufacturer -supplied plywood template, uniformly spaced. POLE INSTALLATION Alignment: Align pole foundations and poles for optimum directional alignment of luminaires and their mounting provisions on pole. Clearances: Maintain the following minimum horizontal distances of poles from surface and underground features unless otherwise indicated on drawing. 1. Fire Hydrants and Water Piping: 60 inches. 2. Water, Gas, Electric, Communications, and Sewer Lines: 10 feet. 3. Trees: 15 feet from tree trunk. Concrete Pole Foundations: Set anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt templates furnished by pole manufacturer. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." Raise and set pole using web fabric slings (not chain or cable) at locations indicated by manufacturer. ARUP 265613 - 5 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.4 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum using insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch- thick, pipe -wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50-percent overlap. 3.5 GROUNDING A. Ground Metal Poles and Support Structures: Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." Install grounding electrode for each pole unless otherwise indicated. Install grounding conductor pigtail in the base for connecting luminaire to grounding system. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." END OF SECTION ARUP 265613 - 6 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 265619 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp technology. 2. Luminaire supports. 3. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time clocks. 2. Section 265613 "Lighting Poles and Standards" for poles and standards used to support exterior lighting equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color rendering index. C. Fixture: See "Luminaire." D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. E. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. F. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of luminaire. 1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 2. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaire. 4. Lamps, include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy -efficiency data. 5. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides, of each luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project. a. Manufacturer's Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. ARUP 265619 - 1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 b. Testing Agency Certified Data: For indicated luminaires, photometric data certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. 6. Wiring diagrams for power, control, and signal wiring. 7. Photoelectric relays. 8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports and indication that the attachment is suitable for components involved. B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring- C. Product Schedule: For luminaires and lamps. Use same designations indicated on Drawings- D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For luminaire supports. 1. Include design calculations for luminaire supports. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. B. Product Certificates: For each type of the following: 1. Luminaire. 2. Photoelectric relay. C. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. D. Source quality -control reports. E. Sample warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and photoelectric relays to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project. Use ANSI and manufacturers' codes. 2. Provide a list of all photoelectric relay types used on Project; use manufacturers' codes. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Luminaires: Two of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Glass, Acrylic, and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 4. Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. ARUP 265619 - 2 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturers' laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. B. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. C. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three -step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. D. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Verify existing and proposed utility structures prior to the start of work associated with luminaire installation. B. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by Architect prior to the start of luminaire installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories. C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 2 year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL. C. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. E. Lamp base complying with ANSI C81.61 or IEC 60061-1. ARUP 265619 - 3 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 F. Bulb shape complying with ANSI C79.1. G. CRI of minimum 70. CCT of 4100 K. H. L70 lamp life of 50,000 hours. I. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 0 percent of maximum light output. J. Internal driver. K. Nominal Operating Voltage: 480 V ac. L. Source Limitations: Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer M. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 2.2 LUMINAIRE-MOUNTED PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS A. Comply with UL 773 or UL 773A. B. Contact Relays: Factory mounted, single throw, designed to fail in the on position, and factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 fc and off at 4.5 to 10 fc with 15-second minimum time delay. Relay shall have directional lens in front of photocell to prevent artificial light sources from causing false turnoff. 1. Relay with locking -type receptacle shall comply with ANSI C136.10. 2. Adjustable window slide for adjusting on -off set points. 2.3 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPES A. Provide luminaires as listed on the fixture schedules provided on drawings B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed on the schedule are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered if the substitution meets or exceeds the requirements of the named fixture. C. Canopy: 1. Dimensions: 12 inches square in diameter. 2. Diffusers and Globes: Tempered Fresnel glass. 3. Housings: a. Extruded -aluminum housing and heat sink. b. Clear painted finish. D. Roadway: 1. Mounting Type: Arm. 2. Distribution: Type III. 3. Diffusers and Globes: Tempered Fresnel glass. 4. Housings: a. Extruded -aluminum housing and heat sink. b. Clear painted finish. ARUP 265619 - 4 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.4 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Stainless steel. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. D. Diffusers: Acrylic Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, with high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless otherwise indicated. E. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging -resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated: White Surfaces: 85 percent. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. G. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires. H. Factory -Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage and coating. C. CCT and CRI for all luminaires. 2.5 FINISHES A. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory -assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. C. Factory -Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff complying with AA-M20 requirements; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard -coat wax. ARUP 265619 - 5 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3. Class I, Clear -Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. 2.6 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for luminaire electrical conduit to verify actual locations of conduit connections before luminaire installation. C. Examine walls, and canopy ceilings and overhang ceilings for suitable conditions where luminaires will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. If approved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is substantially complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Fasten luminaire to structural support. E. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Support luminaires without causing deflection of finished surface. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. F. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways. Conceal raceways and cables. G. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated. H. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. ARUP 265619 - 6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS — MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN — ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 I. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. J. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and wiring methods. 3.4 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment- B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch- thick, pipe -wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-5. b. IES LM-50. C. IES LM-52. d. IES LM-64. e. IES LM-72. 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain luminaires. END OF SECTION ARUP 265619 - 7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings, grade beams, caps. 2. Slabs -on -grade. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design mixtures in first paragraph below are usually considered to be an action submittal. C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. E. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect. F. Samples: For vapor retarder. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. D. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." E. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. C. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. PINNACLE 033000 - 1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 d. Concrete subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish subcontractor. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint -filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, vapor -retarder installation, steel reinforcement installation, and concrete protection. A. Site Mock -Ups: Provide site mock-ups of finishes of formed surfaces in exposed locations and of exposed slab finishes showing finish texture and pattern of formed concrete surfaces. 1. Size of mock-up shall be a minimum of 8 feet by 10 feet, unless otherwise approved by the Architect to be smaller. 2. The number of mock-up panels required shall be the number necessary to obtain the Architect's approval of pattern and texture of panel. 3. Approved mock-up shall be used as the standard for the aesthetic quality of the surface finish of exposed concrete. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.[ Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.] B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. B. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber -reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. C. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. D. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. E. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive damp -proofing or waterproofing. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Rebar shall have an average recycled content so that post -consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre - consumer recycled content is not less than 80 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. C. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed bars, ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I zinc coated after fabrication and bending. D. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, as drawn. E. Deformed -Steel Wire: ASTM A 496/A 496M. F. Epoxy -Coated Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, Type 1 coated, as -drawn, plain deformed -steel wire, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch wire length. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain -steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. PINNACLE 033000 - 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1/11. Supplement cement with the following fly ash type, up to limits listed in structural drawings: a. ASTM C 618, Class F. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials]. 1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: see structural drawings. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2.6 WATERSTOPS A. Self -Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4 by 1 inch. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Inc.; MiraSTOP. b. CETCO; Volclay Waterstop-RX. C. Greenstreak; Swellstop. d. Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro -Flex. 2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure - sensitive tape. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fortifiber Building Systems Group; Moistop Ultra 15. b. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Perminator 15 mil. C. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 15. d. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn Type-105. e. Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap 15 mil Class A. 2.8 CURING MATERIALS A. Water: Potable. B. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Anti -Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB. b. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure 200. C. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W). d. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX; TAMMSCURE WB 30C. e. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R. f. Nox-Crete Products Group; Resin Cure E. 2.9 RELATED MATERIALS A. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two -component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. C. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types I and 11, non -load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. D. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022-inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. PINNACLE 033000 - 3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN -ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2.10 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings, Grade Beams, Caps: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: see structural drawings. 2. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1.5 inches. 3. Air Content: 3.0 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. B. Slabs -on -Grade: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: see structural drawings. 2. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1.5 inches. 3. Air Content: 3.0 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. C. Elevated Slabs: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: see structural drawings. 2. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1.5 inches. 3. Air Content: 1.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.14 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PINNACLE 033000 - 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Retain one of two options in first paragraph below. ACI 301 requires chamfers unless otherwise specified. I. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. J. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. K. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. L. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. M. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. B. Granular Course: Cover vapor retarder with granular fill , moisten, and compact with mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch or minus 3/4 inch. 1. Place and compact a 1/2-inch- thick layer of fine -graded granular material over granular fill. PINNACLE 033000 - 5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 3.6 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Revise criteria for locating construction joints in first paragraph below to suit Project. C. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Insert spacing of construction joints in first subparagraph below if preferred. 6. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 7. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 8. Use epoxy -bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. D. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.7 WATERSTOPS A. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. PINNACLE 033000 - 6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Revise locations of scratch finish in subparagraph below to suit Project. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power - driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs -on -grade. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft.- long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/8 inch. PINNACLE 033000 - 7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Construct concrete bases 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated; and extend base not less than 6 inches in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Cast anchor -bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. C. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast -in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel finish concrete surfaces. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. If evaporation rate in first paragraph below is exceeded, ACI 305R states that plastic shrinkage cracking is probable. See manufacturers' literature or ACI 305R for estimated moisture -loss chart relating relative humidity, air and concrete temperature, and wind velocity to rate of evaporation. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer[ unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project]. 3.13 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s). Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Insert provision for testing repair technique on a mockup or surface to be concealed later, before repairing surfaces. D. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill PINNACLE 033000 - 8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. E. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. F. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. G. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. C. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. PINNACLE 033000 - 9 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 10641M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 6. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 7. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Field -cured specimens in first subparagraph below may be required to verify adequacy of curing and protection of concrete, to verify strength for tilt -up concrete and post -tensioning concrete, or to verify strength for removal of shoring and reshoring in multistory construction. Revise number of test specimens if required. C. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 8. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 391M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one set of two field -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 9. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive - strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. E. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 033000 PINNACLE 033000 - 10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 SECTION 316329 - DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS PART 1-GENERAL 1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Dry -installed drilled piers. 1.2 UNIT PRICES A. Drilled Piers: Actual net volume of drilled piers in place and approved. Actual length, shaft diameter, and bell diameter if applicable, may vary, to coincide with elevations where satisfactory bearing strata are encountered. These dimensions may also vary with actual bearing value of bearing strata determined by an independent testing and inspecting agency. Adjustments are made on net variation of total quantities, based on design dimensions for shafts and bells. 1. Base bids on indicated number of drilled piers and, for each pier, the design length from top elevation to bottom of shaft, extended through the bell, if applicable, and the diameter of shaft and bell. 2. Unit prices include labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required for excavation, trimming, shoring, casings, dewatering, reinforcement, concrete fill, testing and inspecting, and other items for complete drilled -pier installation. B. Rock Measurement: Volume of rock actually removed, measured in original position, but not to exceed outside dimensions of drilled piers cast against rock. Unit prices for rock excavation include replacement with approved materials. C. Trial Drilled Pier: Same unit price as indicated for drilled pier, including backfilling. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to drilled piers including, but not limited to, the following: a. Review geotechnical report. b. Discuss existing utilities and subsurface conditions. C. Review coordination with temporary controls and protections. d. Review measurement and payment of unit prices. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternative design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Shop Drawings: For concrete reinforcement, detailing fabricating, bending, supporting, and placing. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Welding certificates. C. Material Certificates: From manufacturer, for the following: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Steel reinforcement and accessories. D. Material Test Reports: For each material below, by a qualified testing agency: 1. Aggregates: Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. E. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record drawings. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer that has specialized in drilled -pier work. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1077, ASTM D 3740, and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: PINNACLE 316329 - 1 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS (S) ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." AWS D1.4/D1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." 1.8 TRIAL DRILLED PIER A. Trial Drilled Pier: Construct trial drilled pier of diameter and depth and at location indicated or, if not indicated, of same diameter and depth as largest drilled piers, located at least three diameters clear of permanent drilled piers, to demonstrate Installer's construction methods, equipment, standards of workmanship, and tolerances. 1. Install reinforcement, fill with concrete, remove temporary casings, and terminate trial drilled pier 24 inches below subgrade and leave in place. 2. Install permanent casings, excavate bell, excavate rock socket, and place slurry, as required for permanent drilled piers. 3. If Architect determines that trial drilled pier does not comply with requirements, excavate for and cast another until it is accepted. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities before excavating drilled piers. If utilities are to remain in place, provide protection from damage during drilled -pier operations. 1. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, adapt drilling procedure if necessary to prevent damage to utilities. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping services and facilities in operation without interruption. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. B. Interruption of Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt any utility to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of utility. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of utility without Owner's written permission. C. Project -Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is available for information only. The opinions expressed in this report are those of geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by geotechnical engineer. Owner is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data. 1. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for drilled piers. 2. The geotechnical report is included elsewhere in the Project Manual. D. Survey Work: Engage a qualified land surveyor or professional engineer to perform surveys, layouts, and measurements for drilled piers. Before excavating, lay out each drilled pier to lines and levels required. Record actual measurements of each drilled pier's location, shaft diameter, bottom and top elevations, deviations from specified tolerances, and other specified data. 1. Record and maintain information pertinent to each drilled pier and indicate on record Drawings. Cooperate with Owner's testing and inspecting agency to provide data for required reports. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Drilled -Pier Standard: Comply with ACI 336.1 except as modified in this Section. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. C. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I . Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. B. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33/C 33M, graded, 1-inch- nominal maximum coarse -aggregate size. Provide aggregate from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. PINNACLE 316329 - 2 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS (S) ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 C. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2.4 STEEL CASINGS (if required by soil and water conditions) A. Steel Pipe Casings: ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C, or ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plate, with joints full -penetration welded according to AWS D1.101.11M. B. Corrugated -Steel Pipe Casings: ASTM A 929/A 929M, steel sheet, zinc coated. C. Liners: Comply with ACI 336.1. 2.5 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement according to ACI 301 limits as if concrete were exposed to deicing chemicals. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): Refer to structural drawings.. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50. 3. Minimum Slump: Capable of maintaining the following slump until completion of placement: a. 4 inches for dry, uncased, or permanent -cased drilling method. b. 6 inches for temporary -casing drilling method. 4. Air Content: Do not air entrain concrete. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, vibration, and other hazards created by drilled -pier operations. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to bearing elevations regardless of character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. 1. Obstructions: Unclassified excavation may include removal of unanticipated boulders, concrete, masonry, or other subsurface obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time are authorized for removal of obstructions. B. Classified Excavation: Excavation is classified as standard excavation, special excavation, and obstruction removal and includes excavation to bearing elevations as follows: 1. Standard excavation includes excavation accomplished with conventional augers fitted with soil or rock teeth, drilling buckets, or underreaming tools attached to drilling equipment of size, power, torque, and downthrust necessary for the Work. 2. Special excavation includes excavation that requires special equipment or procedures where drilled -pier excavation equipment used in standard excavation, operating at maximum power, torque, and downthrust, cannot advance the shaft. a. Special excavation requires use of special rock augers, core barrels, air tools, blasting, or other methods of hand excavation. b. Earth seams, rock fragments, and voids included in rock excavation area are considered rock for full volume of shaft from initial contact with rock. 3. Obstructions: Payment for removing unanticipated boulders, concrete, masonry, or other subsurface obstructions that cannot be removed by conventional augers fitted with soil or rock PINNACLE 316329 - 3 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS (S) ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 3.3 teeth, drilling buckets, or underreaming tools attached to drilling equipment of size, power, torque, and downthrust necessary for the Work is according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. C. Prevent surface water from entering excavated shafts. Conduct water to site drainage facilities. D. Excavate shafts for drilled piers to indicated elevations. Remove loose material from bottom of excavation. 1. Excavate bottom of drilled piers to level plane within 1:12 tolerance. 2. Remove water from excavated shafts before concreting. 3. Excavate rock sockets of dimensions indicated. 4. Cut series of grooves about perimeter of shaft to height from bottom of shaft, vertical spacing, and dimensions indicated. E. Notify and allow testing and inspecting agency to test and inspect bottom of excavation. If unsuitable bearing stratum is encountered, make adjustments to drilled piers as determined by Architect. 1. Do not excavate shafts deeper than elevations indicated unless approved by Architect. 2. Payment for additional authorized excavation is according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. F. End -Bearing Drilled Piers: Probe with auger to a depth below bearing elevation, equal to diameter of the bearing area of drilled pier. Determine whether voids, clay seams, or solution channels exist. 1. Test first three drilled piers and one of every six drilled piers thereafter. 2. Fill augur -probe holes with grout. G. Excavate shafts for closely spaced drilled piers and for drilled piers occurring in fragile or sand strata only after adjacent drilled piers are filled with concrete and allowed to set. H. Temporary Casings: Install watertight steel casings of sufficient length and thickness to prevent water seepage into shaft; to withstand compressive, displacement, and withdrawal stresses; and to maintain stability of shaft walls. 1. Remove temporary casings, maintained in plumb position, during concrete placement and before initial set of concrete, or leave temporary casings in place. I. Bells: Excavate bells for drilled piers to shape, base thickness, and slope angle indicated. Excavate bottom of bells to level plane and remove loose material before placing concrete. 1. Shore bells in unstable soil conditions to prevent cave-in during excavation, inspection, and concreting. J. Tolerances: Construct drilled piers to remain within ACI 336.1 tolerances. 1. If location or out -of -plumb tolerances are exceeded, provide corrective construction. Submit corrective construction proposals to Architect for review before proceeding. A. B. C. D. E. F. 3.4 A. B. C. PINNACLE STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION Comply with recommendations in CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Fabricate and install reinforcing cages symmetrically about axis of shafts in a single unit. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during concreting. Maintain minimum cover over reinforcement. Use templates to set anchor bolts, leveling plates, and other accessories furnished in work of other Sections. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required position during final concrete placement. Protect exposed ends of extended reinforcement, dowels, or anchor bolts from mechanical damage and exposure to weather. CONCRETE PLACEMENT Place concrete in continuous operation and without segregation immediately after inspection and approval of shaft by a qualified testing agency. 1. Construct a construction joint if concrete placement is delayed more than one hour. Level top surface of concrete and insert joint dowel bars. Before placing remainder of concrete, clean surface laitance, roughen, and slush concrete with commercial bonding agent or with sand -cement grout mixed at ratio of 1:1. Dry Method: Place concrete to fall vertically down the center of drilled pier without striking sides of shaft or steel reinforcement. 1. Where concrete cannot be directed down shaft without striking reinforcement, place concrete with chutes, tremies, or pumps. 2. Vibrate top 60 inches of concrete. Coordinate withdrawal of temporary casings with concrete placement to maintain at least a 60-inch head of concrete above bottom of casing. 316329 - 4 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS (S) ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 1. Vibrate top 60 inches of concrete after withdrawal of temporary casing. D. Screed concrete at cutoff elevation level and apply scoured, rough finish. Where cutoff elevation is above the ground elevation, form top section above grade and extend shaft to required elevation. E. Protect concrete work, according to ACI 301, from frost, freezing, or low temperatures that could cause physical damage or reduced strength. 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 2. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other mineral -containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators. F. If hot -weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete according to ACI 301 to maintain delivered temperature of concrete at no more than 90 deg F. 1. Place concrete immediately on delivery. Keep exposed concrete surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap, or other effective means for a minimum of seven days. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Drilled -Pier Tests and Inspections: For each drilled pier, before concrete placement. 1. Soil Testing: Bottom elevations, bearing capacities, and lengths of drilled piers indicated have been estimated from available soil data. Actual elevations and drilled -pier lengths and bearing capacities are determined by testing and inspecting agency. Final evaluations and approval of data are determined by Architect. a. Bearing Stratum Tests: Testing agency takes undisturbed [hardpan] [rock] core samples from drilled -pier bottoms; tests each sample for compression, moisture content, and density; and reports results and evaluations. C. Concrete Tests and Inspections: ASTM C 172/C 172M except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M. 1. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each compressive -strength test but no fewer than one test for each concrete load. 2. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive -strength specimens. 3. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive -strength test unless otherwise indicated. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory -cured test specimens unless field -cured test specimens are required. 4. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; one set for each drilled pier but not more than one set for each truck load. Test one specimen at seven days, test two specimens at 28 days, and retain one specimen in reserve for later testing if required. 5. If frequency of testing provides fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct tests from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 6. If strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 7. Strength of each concrete mixture is satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 8. Report test results in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. List Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests in reports of compressive -strength tests. 9. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency to make additional tests of concrete if test results indicate that slump, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. a. Continuous coring of drilled piers may be required, at Contractor's expense, if temporary casings have not been withdrawn within specified time limits or if observations of placement operations indicate deficient concrete quality, presence of voids, segregation, or other possible defects. 10. Perform additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 11. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. D. An excavation, concrete, or a drilled pier will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports for each drilled pier as follows: 1. Actual top and bottom elevations. PINNACLE 316329 - 5 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS (S) ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS - MORGAN'S POINT, 2018125-101 ISSUED FOR SITE/UG/FDN —ADDENDUM 1 08 FEB 2019 2. Actual drilled -pier diameter at top, bottom, and bell. 3. Top of rock elevation. 4. Description of soil materials. 5. Description, location, and dimensions of obstructions. 6. Final top centerline location and deviations from requirements. 7. Variation of shaft from plumb. 8. Shaft excavating method. 9. Design and tested bearing capacity of bottom. 10. Depth of rock socket. 11. Levelness of bottom and adequacy of cleanout. 12. Properties of slurry and slurry test results at time of slurry placement and at time of concrete placement. 13. Ground -water conditions and water -infiltration rate, depth, and pumping. 14. Description, purpose, length, wall thickness, diameter, tip, and top and bottom elevations of temporary or permanent casings. Include anchorage and sealing methods used and condition and weather tightness of splices if any. 15. Description of soil or water movement, sidewall stability, loss of ground, and means of control. 16. Bell dimensions and variations from original design. 17. Date and time of starting and completing excavation. 18. Inspection report. 19. Condition of reinforcing steel and splices. 20. Position of reinforcing steel. 21. Concrete placing method, including elevation of consolidation and delays. 22. Elevation of concrete during removal of casings. 23. Locations of construction joints. 24. Concrete volume. 25. Concrete testing results. 26. Remarks, unusual conditions encountered, and deviations from requirements. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 316329 PINNACLE 316329 - 6 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS (S)